Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Recovery of tax : Company : Directors liability u/s.179 of Income-tax Act, 1961 : A.Y. 1990-91 : Liability does not extend to penalty payable by the company.

New Page 1

Unreported

21 Recovery of tax : Company : Directors liability u/s.179 of
Income-tax Act, 1961 : A.Y. 1990-91 : Liability does not extend to penalty
payable by the company.

[Dinesh T. Tailor v. TRO (Bom.), W.P. No. 641 of 2010,
dated 27-4-2010]

The petitioner was a director of a company called Yazad
Investment & Finance Pvt. Ltd. up to 14-10-1989. By an order u/s.179 of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 the Assessing Officer raised a demand of Rs. 12.74 lakhs
against the petitioner, which is the liability of the said company for the A.Y.
1990-91 by way of tax and also the penalty u/s.271(1)(c) payable by the company.

On a writ petition filed by the petitioner challenging the
said order, the Bombay High Court set aside the said order u/s.179 for
reconsideration and also held that the liability of a director u/s.179 does not
extend to the penal liability payable by the company. The High Court held as
under :

“(i) S. 179(1) refers to ‘any tax due from a private
company’ and every director of the company is jointly and severally liable for
the payment of ‘such tax’, which cannot be recovered from the company. The
expression ‘tax due’ and, for that matter the expression ‘such tax’ must mean
tax as defined for the purposes of the Act by S. 2(43).

(ii) ‘Tax due’ will not comprehend within its ambit a
penalty.”


levitra

MAT credit : Interest u/s.234B of Income-tax Act, 1961 : A.Y. 2000-01 : Credit for brought forward MAT is to be given from gross demand before charging interest u/s.234B.

New Page 1

Unreported

19 MAT credit : Interest u/s.234B of Income-tax Act, 1961 :
A.Y. 2000-01 : Credit for brought forward MAT is to be given from gross demand
before charging interest u/s.234B.

[CIT v. Apar Industries Ltd. (Bom.), ITA No. 1036 of
2009, dated 6-4-2010]

In an appeal filed by the Revenue for the A.Y. 2000-01, the
following question was raised before the Bombay High Court :

“Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case,
the Tribunal erred in law in holding that credit for brought forward MAT is to
be given from gross demand before charging interest u/s.234B of the Income-tax
Act, 1961 ?”

Following the judgment of the Delhi High Court in CIT v.
Jindal Exports Ltd.,
314 ITR 137 (Del.), the Bombay High Court upheld the
decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“(i) The sum represented by the available MAT credit would
fall within the expression ‘tax . . . . already paid under any provision of
this Act’ in S. 140A(1).

(ii) The expression tax paid ‘otherwise’ in S. 234B(2)
would take within its sweep any tax paid under a provision of the Act,
including the MAT credit.

(iii) The amendment to Explanation (1) of S. 234B by the
Finance Act, 2006 is clarificatory.

(iv) Credit for brought forward MAT is to be given from
gross demand before charging interest u/s.234B.”


levitra

Industrial undertaking : Deduction u/s.80IB of Income-tax Act, 1961 : A.Y. 2000-01 : Interest on delayed payment of sale price is part of sale price : It is derived from the industrial undertaking : Is eligible for deduction u/s.80IB.

New Page 1

Unreported

18 Industrial undertaking : Deduction u/s.80IB of Income-tax
Act, 1961 : A.Y. 2000-01 : Interest on delayed payment of sale price is part of
sale price : It is derived from the industrial undertaking : Is eligible for
deduction u/s.80IB.

[CIT v. Vidyut Corporation (Bom.), ITA(L) No. 2865 of
2009, dated 21-4-2010]

The assessee was engaged in manufacturing electrical fittings
and appliances and was eligible for the deduction u/s.80IB of the Income-tax
Act, 1961. The assessee sells its manufactured products mainly to M/s. Bajaj
Electricals Ltd. Payment is normally made on delivery of goods. In case of delay
the assessee also receives interest for delayed payment. For the A.Y. 2000-01
the Assessing Officer disallowed the claim for deduction u/s.80IB in respect of
interest for delayed payment. The Commissioner and the Tribunal allowed the
assessee’s claim.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Bombay High Court upheld the
decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“(i) What is received by the assessee from the purchaser is
a component of interest towards delayed payment of the price of the goods
sold, supplied and delivered by the assessee. There can be no dispute about
the position that the price realised by the assessee from the sale of goods
manufactured by the industrial undertaking constitutes a component of the
profits and gains derived from the eligible business. The purchaser, on
account of delay in payment of the sale price also pays to the assessee
interest. This forms a component of the sale price and is paid towards the lag
which has occurred in the payment of the price of the goods sold by the
assessee.

(ii) On these facts, therefore, the payment of interest on
account of the delay in payment of the sale price of the goods supplied by the
undertaking partakes the same nature and character as the sale consideration.
The delayed payment charges consequently satisfy, together with the sale
price, the first degree test which has been laid down by the Supreme Court in
Liberty India v. CIT, 317 ITR 218.”


levitra

Search and Seizure : Ss. 10(22) and 132(5) of I. T. Act, 1961 : A. Ys. 1984-85 to 1990-91 : Summary assessment u/s. 132(5) : Assessee claiming exemption u/s. 10(22) : Prima facie correctness of claim has to be considered.

New Page 1

  1. Search and Seizure : Ss. 10(22) and 132(5) of I. T. Act,
    1961 : A. Ys. 1984-85 to 1990-91 : Summary assessment u/s. 132(5) : Assessee
    claiming exemption u/s. 10(22) : Prima facie correctness of claim has to be
    considered.

[Anjum Hami-E-Islam vs. CIT; 310 ITR 37 (Bom)]

    Petitioner Trust was running 12 educational institutions and was entitled to exemption u/s. 10(22) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. In February 1991 search proceedings were carried out in the premises of the Petitioner Trust and fixed deposits worth Rs. 93 lakhs were seized and an order u/s. 132(5) was passed determining the tax liability without considering the exemption allowable u/s. 10(22) of the Act. The Commissioner also rejected the application u/s. 132(11) without considering the claim for exemption u/s. 10(22) of the Act.

    On a writ petition filed by the Petitioner challenging the order, the Bombay High Court held as under :

    “i) When a public trust like the petitioner which ran a number of educational institutions had claimed exemption in view of the provisions of section 10(22) of the Act, the Officer passing orders u/s. 132(5) had to find out at least prima facie as to why and how such trust was not entitled to exemption.

    ii) The order to the extent that he refused to consider the plea of the petitioner for exemption u/s. 10(22) of the Act was liable to be quashed”.

Return : Defect in return : Ss. 139(9) and 292B of I. T. Act, 1961 : Failure by assessee to sign and verify return : Defect could not be cured : Return invalid : Consequent assessment invalid : Tribun

New Page 1

  1. Return : Defect in return : Ss. 139(9) and 292B of I. T.
    Act, 1961 : Failure by assessee to sign and verify return : Defect could not
    be cured : Return invalid : Consequent assessment invalid : Tribun



 


[CIT vs. Harjinder Kaur; 310 ITR 71 (P&H)].

The return filed by the assessee was neither signed by the
assessee nor verified by the assessee. The Tribunal held that the return of
income was not valid and therefore, the consequent assessment order is also
invalid.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Punjab and Haryana High Court
upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“i) The provisions of section 292b of the Income-tax Act,
1961, do not authorise the Assessing Officer to ignore a defect of a
substantive nature and therefore, the provision categorically records that a
return would not be treated as invalid, if the same “in substance and effect
is in conformity with or according to the intent and purpose of this Act”.

ii) The return did not bear the signature of the assessee
and had not also been verified by her. Hence, the return was an absolutely
invalid return as it had a glaring inherent defect which could not be cured
in spite of the deeming effect of section 292B”.

levitra

Reference to Valuation Officer : S. 55A of I. T. Act, 1961 : A. Y. 1996-97 : Reference to Valuation Officer can be made only after AO records opinion that the value had been underestimated by the assessee: Reference before filing of return by assessee : N

New Page 1

  1. Reference to Valuation Officer : S. 55A of I. T. Act,
    1961 : A. Y. 1996-97 : Reference to Valuation Officer can be made only after
    AO records opinion that the value had been underestimated by the assessee:
    Reference before filing of return by assessee : Not valid.



 


[Hiaben Jayantilal Shah vs. ITO; 310 ITR 31 (Guj)].

For the A. Y. 1996-97, the petitioner assessee had filed
the return of income on 27.08.1996. The assessee had computed capital gain by
adopting the market value of the asset as on 01.04.1981, determined by the
registered valuer to be the cost of acquisition by exercising option u/s.
55(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The assesee received a notice from the
Valuation Officer informing that a reference was made by the Assessing Officer
on 26/04/1996 u/s. 55A of the Act.

On a writ petition filed by the assessee challenging the
reference, the Gujarat High Court held as under :

“i) Clause (b) of section 55A of the Income-tax Act,
1961, can be invoked only when the value of the asset claimed by the
assessee is not supported by the valuation report of a registered valuer.
For invoking section 55A of the Act, there has to be a claim made by the
assessee, before the Assessing Officer can record his opinion either under
clause (a) or clause (b) of section 55A of the Act to make a reference to
the Valuation Officer.

ii) In so far as the fair market value of the property as
on 01/04/1981, was concerned, the petitioner had claimed it at a sum of
Rs.6,25,000 as per the registered valuer’s report. Therefore, the Assessing
Officer was required to form an opinion that the value so claimed was less
than the fair market value. The estimated value proposed by the Valuation
Officer was shown at Rs.3,97,000 which was less than the fair market value
shown by the assessee. Therefore, clause (a) of section 55A of the Act could
not be made applicable.

iii) Clause (b) of section 55A of the Act can be invoked
only in any other case, namely, when the value of the asset claimed by the
assessee was not supported by an estimate by a registered valuer. In the
facts of the present case, clause (b) of section 55A of the Act also could
not be invoked.

iv) The reference was made on 26/04/1996, whereas the
return of income had been filed by the assessee only on 27/08/1996. Hence on
the date of making the reference by the Assessing Officer, no claim was made
by the assessee and the Assessing Officer could not have formed any opinion
as to the existence of prescribed difference between the value of the asset
as claimed by the assessee and the fair market value. Therefore also, the
provisions of section 55A of the Act, could not be resorted to.

v) The only ground on which reference was made to the
Valuation Officer was that the value declared by the assessee as on the date
of the execution and registration of the sale deed was lower by more than
25%. There was no provision in the Act which permits the Assessing Officer
to disturb the sale consideration, at least section 55A of the Act could not
be invoked for the said purpose.

vi) The reference to the valuation officer was not
valid”.

levitra

Business expenditure : Disallowance u/s. 40A(2) of I. T. Act, 1961 : A. Ys. 1991-92 and 1992-93: Incentive commission paid to sister concern : Sister concern paying tax at a higher rate : Not a case of evasion of tax: Deduction to be allowed.

New Page 1

  1. Business expenditure : Disallowance u/s. 40A(2) of I. T.
    Act, 1961 : A. Ys. 1991-92 and 1992-93: Incentive commission paid to sister
    concern : Sister concern paying tax at a higher rate : Not a case of evasion
    of tax: Deduction to be allowed.



 


[CIT vs. Indo Saudi Services (Travel) P. Ltd., 310
ITR 306 (Bom)].

The assessee was a general sales agent of a foreign airline
S. For the A. Ys. 1991-92 and 1992-93 the Assessing Officer found that the
incentive commission paid by the assessee to the sister concern was half
percent more than that paid to other sub-agents. Relying on the provisions of
section 40A(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the Assessing Officer disallowed
the excess commission paid to the sister concern at the rate of half percent.
The Tribunal deleted the additions.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Bombay High Court upheld the
decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“i) Under the CBDT Circular No. 6-P, dated 06/07/1968, it
is stated that no disallowance is to be made u/s. 40A(2) in respect of the
payments made to the relatives and sister concerns where there is no attempt
to evade tax.

ii) The learned Advocate appearing for the appellant was
not in a position to point out how the assessee evaded payment of tax by the
alleged payment of higher commission to its sister concern since the sister
concern was also paying tax at higher rate and copies of the assessment
orders of the sister concern were taken on record by the Tribunal.

iii) In view of the aforesaid admitted facts we are of
the view that the Tribunal was correct in coming to the conclusion that the
Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) was wrong in disallowing half percent
commission to the sister concern”.

levitra

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal : Fees : S. 253(6) of I. T. Act 1961 : Appeal against levy of penalty : Appeal fees is Rs.500 and not based on income assessed : Tribunal calling for fees based on income assessed : Not proper.

New Page 1

Reported :

  1. Appeal to Appellate Tribunal : Fees : S. 253(6) of I. T.
    Act 1961 : Appeal against levy of penalty : Appeal fees is Rs.500 and not
    based on income assessed : Tribunal calling for fees based on income assessed
    : Not proper.

 

[Dr. Ajit Kumar Pandey vs. ITAT; 310 ITR 195 (Pat)].

In respect of an appeal filed by the assessee before the
Tribunal, against levy of penalty u/s. 271 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the
assessee had paid Rs.500 as appeal fees. The appeal was decided ex parte.
The assessee applied for restoration of the ex parte order. The
Tribunal agreed to recall the ex parte order and to decide the appeal
on merits provided the assessee furnished the deficit court fee of Rs.8,330.

The assessee challenged the order by filing a writ
petition. The Patna High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under :

“i) In the case of an appeal where the total income of
the assessee is ascertainable from the appeal itself, i.e. when the
appellant was seeking to challenge the assessment of his total income, fees
as mentioned in clauses (a), (b) and (c) would be required to be paid.

ii) Clause (d) deals with other appeals. Imposition of
penalty u/s. 271 of the Act had no connection or bearing with the total
income of the assessee. If a person aggrieved by an order imposing penalty,
approaches the Tribunal by preferring an appeal, imposition of penalty
having no nexus with the total income of the assessee, it would not be
discernible what is the total income of the appellant and accordingly such
an appeal would be covered by clause (d).

iii) The important words used in clauses (a), (b) and (c)
of sub-section (6) of section 253 are ‘total income of the assessee’.
Therefore that may not be discernible.

iv) The order of the Tribunal was liable to be set aside
and the appeal was remitted for decision on merits.”

levitra

Business expenditure : Deduction u/s. 37(1) of I. T. Act, 1961 : A. Y. 2000-01 : Provision for liability is deductible if there is an element of certainty that it shall be incurred : Provision for ‘long service award’ is allowable as deduction.

New Page 1

Reported :

  1. Business expenditure : Deduction u/s. 37(1) of I. T.
    Act, 1961 : A. Y. 2000-01 : Provision for liability is deductible if there is
    an element of certainty that it shall be incurred : Provision for ‘long
    service award’ is allowable as deduction.



 


[CIT vs. Insilco Ltd.; 179 Taxman 55 (Del)].

The assessee company had evolved a scheme whereby,
employees who rendered long period of service to the assessee, were made
entitled to monetary awards at various stages of their employment equivalent
to a defined period of time. On the basis of actuarial calculation the
assessee made provision for ‘long service award’ payable to its employees
under the scheme and claimed deduction of the same. The Assessing Officer
disallowed the claim on the ground that the grant of award was at the
discretion of the management and therefore, it could not be said to be a
provision towards ascertained liability. The Tribunal allowed the assessee’s
claim.

On appeal by Revenue, the Delhi High Court upheld the
decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“i) There was no merit in the submission of the revenue
that the liability of the assessee under the long service award scheme was
contingent as the payment under the said scheme was dependent on the
discretion of the management. It is well-settled that if the liability
arises within the accounting period, the deduction should be allowed though
it may be quantified and discharged at a future date. Therefore, the
provision for a liability is amenable to a deduction, if there is an element
of certainty that it shall be incurred and it is possible to estimate
liability with reasonable certainty even though actual quantification may
not be possible, such a liability is not of a contingent nature.

ii) In the instant case, since the provision for ‘long
service award’ was estimated based on actuarial calculations, the deduction
claimed by the assessee had to be allowed.”

levitra

Collection of tax at source : S. 206C of I. T. Act, 1961 : Tax not collected by petitioner during period of stay by High Court : No failure to collect : No liability to pay u/s. 206C(6).

New Page 1

Unreported :

  1. Collection of tax at source :
    S. 206C of I. T. Act, 1961 : Tax not collected by petitioner during period of
    stay by High Court : No failure to collect : No liability to pay u/s. 206C(6).

 

[The Satpuda Tapi Parisar Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Ltd.
vs. CIT (Bom)
; W. P. No. 3357 of 1996; Dated 13/04/2009.].

The petitioner is a co-operative sugar factory and is a
manufacturer of country liquor. When the provisions of section 206C of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 were made applicable to the sale of country liquor, the
purchasers of country liquor challenged the provision by filing writ
petitions. The High Court granted stay of the operation of the provision and
the petitioner was directed by the High Court not to collect tax u/s. 206C in
respect of the sale of country liquor to such purchasers. Subse-quently, the
stay was vacated by the High Court. In respect of such cases the petitioner
did not collect tax on such sales only during the period of stay. For the
remaining period and in all other cases the petitioner had collected tax and
had deposited it in the treasury. After the stay was vacated the ITO Nashik
held that during the period of stay the petitioner was required to collect tax
at source of Rs.25,40,738. He therefore held that the petitioner is liable to
pay the said amount u/s. 206C(6) in spite of the fact that the petitioner had
not collected the amount in view of the stay order passed by the High Court.
Accordingly, he raised a demand of Rs.25,40,738 u/s. 206C(6) of the Act. The
Commis-sioner of Income-tax dismissed the revision petition.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition challenging
the said order and the demand and held as under :

“i) The short question that we are called upon to
consider is whether considering the interim relief granted by this Court
whereby the petitioner herein was restrained from collecting the tax from
the purchasers, would invite the provisions of section 206C of the Act.

ii) U/s. 206C(1) every person, being a seller, had to
collect from the buyer of any goods of the nature specified in clause (2) of
the Table a sum equal to a percentage specified in the said Table. Under
sub-section (6) of section 206C any person responsible for collecting tax in
accordance with the provisions of this section shall, notwithstanding such
failure, be liable to pay the tax to the credit of the Central Government in
accordance with the provisions of sub-section (3). Sub-section (3) of
section 206C sets out that any person collecting any amount has to credit
the same to the credit of the Central Government as prescribed.

iii) On an order passed by this Court restraining the
petitioner from collecting the tax for the period, from the date of stay
till its vacation, is the petitioner liable pursuant to the provisions of
section 206C(6) ? The language used is any person responsible for collecting
the tax and who fails to collect the tax. It is true that the petitioner
being a seller is normally responsible. However, does it amount to ‘failure
to collect’ when he was restrained from collecting the tax ? Would he then
be responsible to collect the tax ? In the instant case admittedly
considering the language of the interim relief itself the petitioner who
otherwise was responsible for collecting the tax was prevented from
collecting the tax. Once the petitioner was prevented from collecting the
tax, it cannot be said that he was ‘a person responsible for collecting the
tax’. The responsibility would have arisen if he could collect the tax. The
expression ‘responsible’, therefore, has to be read in the context of
statutory duty to collect which the petitioner was bound to perform by
virtue of the provisions.

iv) The order of the Court would be binding and had to be
complied with. The issue of collection would arise at the point of sale. The
interim order was a blanket order of restriction from collecting. The
question of the petitioner, therefore, collecting the tax and therefore,
being responsible would not arise. There was bar on him to collect the tax.
If he could not collect the tax at the point of time of order, the question
of he depositing the sum u/ss. (3) or (6) of section 206C would not arise
till such period the disability disappeared. Alterna-tively on account of
the interim relief it cannot be said to be ‘failure to collect’. Failure
would contemplate an act of omission on the part of the party. The party was
aware that he had to collect the tax. This Court however, at the instance of
the buyer restrained him from collecting the tax.

v) In the instant case the disability disappeared on the
stay being vacated by this Court. Thus for the period when the stay was in
operation, as the petitioner was prevented from collecting the tax it cannot
be said that he would be liable under sub-section (6) of section 206C. A
duty was cast on the petitioner by operation of law. Petitioner could not
discharge that duty by virtue of an order of this Court. The question,
therefore, of calling on him to pay the amount which he was disabled to
collect would be illegal. If the petitioner had collected the tax it would
have been in contempt of this Court. We are, therefore, clearly of the
opinion that even though it can be said that considering the provisions of
section 206C a duty had been cast on persons like the petitioner to collect
the tax, by virtue of the interim relief he could not collect the tax for
the relevant period. Section 206C would, therefore, not be attracted.”

levitra

Settlement of cases : Abatement of proceedings : Constitutional validity : By way of interim relief Settlement Commission directed not to consider application of assessee having abated u/s.245HA for want of compliance with S. 245D(2D) as amended by the Fi

New Page 1

27 Settlement of cases : Abatement of
proceedings : S. 245D(2D) and S. 245HA of Income-tax Act, 1961 : Constitutional
validity : By way of interim relief, Setlement Commission directed not to
consider the application of the assessee having abated u/s.245HA for want of
compliance with S. 245D(2D) as amended by the Finance Act, 2007.


[Sunita Textiles Ltd v. CIT & Ors., 216 CTR 74 (Bom.)]

The constitutional validity of S. 245D(2D) and S. 245HA as
amended by the Finance Act, 2007 was
challenged by filing writ petition. The Bombay High
Court admitted the writ petition and granted interim relief directing the
Settlement Commission not to consider the settlement application filed by the
petitioner having abated u/s.245HA for want of compliance with S. 245D(2D) of
the Income-tax Act, 1961.





 

On appeal by the Revenue, the Madras High Court upheld
the decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“(i) There is no dispute that the earlier CIT(A)’s
order has become final and also the AO passed the consequent orders in
giving effect to the said CIT(A)’s order. There was no further appeals by
the Revenue. Though the said CIT(A)’s order is erroneous in view of the
Supreme Court judgment in the case of CIT v. Venkateshwara Hatcheries
(P) Ltd.,
237 ITR 174 (SC), the same has not been set aside by the
process known to law.

(ii) The Tribunal is correct in holding that the
Assessing Officer has no jurisdiction to reopen the assessment u/s.147.
Unless and until the said order is set aside by the process known to law,
the said order is valid in law, as well as it binds on the lower
authorities. Hence, the Assessing Officer is not entitled to circumvent
the earlier order passed by the CIT(A) which had become final. Under such
circumstances, the Assessing Officer should not reopen the assessment and
seek to adjudicate on the issue which was already adjudicated by the
Appellate authority.

(iii) The Tribunal correctly decided the matter and the
reasons given by the Tribunal are based on valid materials and evidence,
and there is no error or legal infirmity in the order of the Tribunal so
as to warrant interference.”

Valuation of stock : Revenue to prove valuation incorrect : Cannot rely on statement by assessee to its bank

New Page 1

28 Valuation of stock : Rejection of
valuation : Burden on Revenue to prove valuation incorrect : Revenue
cannot rely on statement by assessee to its bank : A.Y. 1991-92.

[CIT v. Acrow India Ltd., 298 ITR 447 (Bom.)]


For the A.Y. 1991-92, the Assessing Officer made an
addition of Rs.17,79,248 by revaluing the closing stock relying on the
statement given by the assessee to its bank. The Tribunal deleted the
addition.


The Bombay High Court dismissed the appeal filed by
the Revenue and held as under :


“(i) As far as this aspect is concerned, the
statement given by the respondent-assessee to the bank is sought to be
relied on by the Revenue. As far as that aspect is concerned, the
Tribunal has clearly held that the valuation of the stock declared to
the bank is in fact inflated and that the correct valuation of the stock
was not suppressed from the Revenue.


(ii) The Tribunal has relied on the judgment of the
Madras High Court in the case of CIT v. N. Swamy, (2000) 241 ITR
363. There the Division Bench has held that the burden of proof in such
a case is on the Revenue and the same could not be discharged by merely
referring to a statement of the assessee to a third party.


(iii) In our view, there is no reason to interfere
with the decision of the Tribunal, inasmuch as it has followed the
decision of the Division Bench of this Court and the Madras High Court.”

S. 147 : CIT(A) allowed deductions u/s.80HH and u/s.80I : Reopening of assessment by AO on basis of subsequent Supreme Court decision is not valid

New Page 1

26 Reassessment : S. 147 of Income-tax
Act, 1961 : A.Ys. 1992-93 and 1993-94 : CIT(A) allowed deductions u/s.80HH
and u/s. 80I : Reopening of assessment by AO on the basis of subsequent
Supreme Court decision is not valid.


[CIT v. Ramachandra Hatcheries, 215 CTR 370
(Mad.)]

For the A.Ys. 1992-93 and 1993-94, the assessee’s claim
for deduction u/s.80HH and u/s.80I was disallowed by the Assessing Officer.
In appeal the CIT(A) allowed the claim. The Assessing Officer gave effect to
the order of the CIT(A) and allowed the claim. Subsequently, the Assessing
Officer reopened the assessment for disallowing the claim relying on the
subsequent judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT v.
Venkateshwara Hatcheries (P) Ltd.,
237 ITR 174 (SC). The Tribunal held
that the reopening of the assessment was not valid.

 

On appeal by the Revenue, the Madras High Court upheld
the decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“(i) There is no dispute that the earlier CIT(A)’s
order has become final and also the AO passed the consequent orders in
giving effect to the said CIT(A)’s order. There was no further appeals by
the Revenue. Though the said CIT(A)’s order is erroneous in view of the
Supreme Court judgment in the case of CIT v. Venkateshwara Hatcheries
(P) Ltd.,
237 ITR 174 (SC), the same has not been set aside by the
process known to law.

(ii) The Tribunal is correct in holding that the
Assessing Officer has no jurisdiction to reopen the assessment u/s.147.
Unless and until the said order is set aside by the process known to law,
the said order is valid in law, as well as it binds on the lower
authorities. Hence, the Assessing Officer is not entitled to circumvent
the earlier order passed by the CIT(A) which had become final. Under such
circumstances, the Assessing Officer should not reopen the assessment and
seek to adjudicate on the issue which was already adjudicated by the
Appellate authority.

(iii) The Tribunal correctly decided the matter and the
reasons given by the Tribunal are based on valid materials and evidence,
and there is no error or legal infirmity in the order of the Tribunal so
as to warrant interference.”

Cash credit : S. 68 : Long-term capital gain : Transaction of shares : Addition treating transaction bogus : Addition not valid in absence of cogent material

New Page 1

24 Cash credit : S. 68 of Income-tax Act,
1961 : Long-term capital gain : Transaction of sale of shares : Addition
treating transaction bogus : Addition not valid in the absence of cogent
material.


[CIT v. Anupam Kapoor, 299 ITR 179 (P&H)]

The assessment in this case was completed u/s. 143(3) read
with S. 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The said assessment was reopened on
receipt of the intimation from the DDIT (Investigation), Gurgaon, stating that
the long-term capital gain on sale of shares declared by the assessee was false
and the transaction was not genuine. In the course of reassessment proceedings,
the assessee furnished evidence in support of the claim of long-term capital
gain. The AO made an addition of Rs.1,74,552, being the consideration on sale of
shares, as unexplained cash credit. The Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the
addition, holding that the AO had not discharged his onus and there was no
material or evidence with the AO to come to the conclusion that the transaction
shown by the assessee was a bogus transaction. The Commissioner (Appeals) took
the view that if a company was not available at the given address, it could not
conclusively prove that the company was non-existent. The Tribunal upheld the
decision of the Commissioner (Appeals) and held that the purchase contract note,
contract note for sales, distinctive numbers of shares purchased and sold, copy
of the share certificates and the quotation of shares on the date of purchase
and the sale were sufficient material to show that the transaction was not
bogus, but a genuine transaction.

 

On appeal by the Revenue, the Punjab and Haryana High Court
upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“(i) There was no material before the AO, which could have
led to a conclusion that the transaction was a device to camouflage activities
to defraud the Revenue. No such presumption could be drawn by the AO merely on
surmises or conjectures.

(ii) The Tribunal took into consideration that it was only
on the basis of a presumption that the AO concluded that the assessee had paid
cash and purchased the shares. In the absence of any cogent material in this
regard, having been placed on record, the AO could not have reopened the
assessment.

(iii) The assessee had made an investment in a company,
evidence whereof was with the AO. Therefore, the AO could not have added the
income, which was rightly deleted by the Commissioner (Appeals) as well as the
Tribunal.”

 


levitra

Dividend income : Deduction u/s.80M : Distribution of interim dividend before due date insufficient compliance of requirement.

New Page 1

25 Dividend income : Deduction u/s.80M of
Income-tax Act, 1961 : A.Y. 1997-98 : Distribution of dividend before due
date : Distribution of interim dividend before due date is in sufficient
compliance of the requirement.


[CIT v. Saumya Finance & Leasing Co. (P) Ltd., 215
CTR 359 (Bom.)]

For the A.Y. 1996-97, the assessee company had filed return
of income including dividend income of Rs.2,69,16,774 and had claimed a
deduction of Rs.2,19,97,105 u/s.80M of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on the basis
of the distribution of interim dividend of Rs.2,19,97,105 before the due date
for filing the return. The Assessing Officer disallowed the claim on the
ground that the condition of distribution of dividend before due date is not
satisfied. The Tribunal allowed the assessee’s claim.

On appeal by the Revenue, it was contended on behalf of the
Revenue that the interim dividend was declared by the assessee company in the
financial year 1997-98 and out of income accrued in the said year. It was
further contended that the dividend declared and paid in the subsequent year
could not be a permitted deduction from the income in a previous year, since
the said dividend was paid out of income accruing in the subsequent year.

The Bombay High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal
and held as under :

“(i) On the bare reading of S. 80M it is clear that the
deduction as permitted is of an amount equal to so much of the amount of
income by way of dividend declared by the company as does not exceed the
amount of dividend distributed by the assessee on or before the due date. S.
80M does not provide for the nature of the dividend distributed by the
assessee company. It does not state that the nature of the dividend
distributed must be for the financial year under assessment.

(ii) Accepting the argument of the Revenue will amount to
laying down an additional restriction to the effect that the dividend
distributed by the assessee company must be for the financial year under
assessment. Laying down such restricting qualification will amount to doing
violence to the plain and clear meaning of the words as contained in S. 80M.

(iii) This is not a case where a literal construction to
be given to S. 80M would lead to an absurd result. The intention of the
Legislature while enacting S. 80M was clearly to ensure that the dividend
income received by the assessee company should be permitted as a deduction
only if it is redistributed as dividend income to its shareholders. The
section provided that the said distribution is to be made before the due
date of the filing of the returns. This has been done by the present
respondent and all the requirements of S. 80M are clearly met by them.”

Cash credit : S. 68 : Gift from NRI : Copy of deed and affidavit filed : In absence of anything to show that transaction was by way of money laundering, addition cannot be made u/s.68 : Absence of blood relationship is not relevant

New Page 1

23 Cash credit : S. 68 of Income-tax
Act, 1961 : Gift from NRI : Copy of gift deed and affidavit of NRI donor
filed : In the absence of anything to show that the transaction was by way
of money laundering, addition can-not be made u/s.68 : Absence of blood
relationship or close relationship between the donor and the donee is not
relevant.


[CIT v. Padam Singh Chouhan, 215 CTR 303 (Raj.)]

The Revenue had preferred an appeal against the decision
of the Tribunal, deleting the addition made by the Assessing Officer u/s.68
of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The following question was raised in the
appeal :

“Whether in the facts and the circumstances of the
case, the learned Tribunal was justified in deleting the addition of
Rs.4,50,000, Rs.2,50,000 and Rs.2,00,000, which have been received on
account of gift when no relation has been established from whom gifts have
been received, whether the finding of the learned Tribunal is perverse ?”

 


The Rajasthan High Court decided the question in favour
of the assessee, dismissed the appeal and held as under :

“(i) There is no legal basis to assume that to
recognise the gift to be genuine, there should be any blood relationship,
or any close relationship between the donor and the donee. Instances are
not rare, when even strangers make gifts, out of very many considerations,
including arising out of love, affection and sentiments. When the assessee
has produced the copies of the gift deeds and the affidavits of the
donors, in the absence of anything to show that the act of the assessee in
claiming gift was an act by way of money laundering, simply because he
happens to receive gifts, it cannot be said that that is required to be
added in his income.

(ii) The Assessing Officer has assumed doubts against
the donor, merely on the basis of his having deposited certain amounts in
his accounts soon before making the gifts, and that the assessee had
withdrawn the amounts deposited by him, including the amount of the said
gifts in a short span of time. With this, the AO has found, that the facts
created doubts, that how the assessee as well as his family members are
receiving such huge gifts from a person residing abroad, and concluded
that it appears that the gifts are not genuine, and only a managed affair
of the assessee.

(iii) The CIT(A) has reversed his findings by holding
that the assessee had clearly shown from the assessment proceedings that
the gifts were made out of love and affection towards the assessee, and it
is a matter of God’s grace to create love and affection between donors and
donee, and that to have love and affection between two persons, blood
relation is not required, and looking to the status of the donors, the
amount gifted was very meager. Then it was found by the CIT(A) that the
assessee has also furnished the copies of the gift deeds and affidavits of
the donors. In the opinion of the CIT(A), it is not a case where the
assessee had first given such amounts to the donors, and the donors
returned back to the assessee by way of gift. The CIT(A) had gone through
the bank accounts of the donors, copies thereof are on record, and found
that there was sufficient cash balance on the date of gift to the
assessee, in respect of both the donors, and thus, the addition was
deleted.

(iv) The Tribunal has affirmed this finding by relying
upon certain judgments.

Capital gains : Income from sale of milk : Sale of calves : Cost of acquisition not ascertainable : Capital gain not chargeable

New Page 1

22 Capital gains : Assessee deriving
income from sale of milk : Sale of calves : Cost of acquisition not
ascertainable : Capital gain not chargeable to tax.


[Dy. CIT v. Smt. Suniti Singh, 215 CTR 326 (MP)]

The assessee was running a dairy and was deriving income
from sale of cow milk. In the relevant year, the assessee had sold calves. The
assessee claimed that the profit on sale of calves is not chargeable to tax as
the cost of acquisition is not ascertainable. The Assessing Officer observed
that the assessee had claimed depreciation on calves forming a part and parcel
of the live stock and, therefore, it was stock in trade of the assessee and
income from the sale of such stock in trade is liable to tax. Accordingly, the
Assessing Officer made an addition of Rs.68,000. The Tribunal accepted the
assessee’s claim and deleted the addition.

 

On appeal by the Revenue, the Madhya Pradesh High Court
upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“(i) The business of the assessee relates to sale of milk
and the female cows constitute assets and they are exploited for production
of milk. The primary motive of the assessee is to fertilise the cows so that
they can yield milk. The income is derived through sale of milk and all
expenses which have gone into are to upkeep them and maintenance of cows,
like purchase of fodder, medicines, etc. are exclusively designed for
obtaining milk and the said expenditure has been shown as revenue
expenditure in the P&L a/c.

(ii) The calves came into being in the process so that
the female cows can be utilised to produce and eventually the milk is sold.
The male calves are sold as they are of no value to the assessee as they
cannot produce milk. There is no material on record to show that the selling
of calves is a part of the business activity of the assessee. Facts brought
on record clearly show that the asessee is engaged in the business activity
which relates to sale of milk.

(ii) The Tribunal is right in holding that the sale of
calves by the assessee cannot be regarded as capital gain since the cost of
acquisition is not ascertainable.”

Manufacture — Twisting and texturising partially oriented yarn amounts to manufacture in terms of S. 80-IA of the Act.

New Page 1

15 Manufacture — Twisting and texturising partially oriented
yarn amounts to manufacture in terms of S. 80-IA of the Act.


[CIT v. Emptee Poly-Yarn P. Ltd., (2010) 320 ITR 665 (SC)]

The short question which arose for determination in a batch
of civil appeals before the Supreme Court was : Whether twisting and texturising
of partially oriented yarn (‘POY’ for short) amounted to ‘manufacture’ in terms
of S. 80-IA of the Income-tax Act, 1961 ?

The Supreme Court observed that it has repeatedly recommended
to the Department, be it under the Excise Act, the Customs Act or the Income-tax
Act, to examine the process applicable to the product in question and not to go
only by dictionary meanings, but this recommendation is not being followed over
the years.

The Supreme Court having examined the process in the light of
the opinion given by the expert, which had not been controverted, held that POY
was a semi-finished yarn not capable of being put in warp or weft, it could only
be used for making a texturised yarn, which, in turn, could be used in the
manufacture of fabric. In other words, POY could not be used directly to
manufacture fabric. According to the expert, crimps, bulkiness, etc. were
introduced by a process, called as thermo mechanical process, into POY which
converts POY into a texturised yarn. According to the Supreme Court, if one
examined this thermo-mechanical process in detail, it would become clear that
texturising and twisting of yarn constituted ‘manufacture’ in the context of
conversion of POY into texturised yarn.

 

levitra

Minimum Alternative Tax — For making an addition under clause (b) of S. 115JB, two conditions must be jointly satisfied, namely, (i) there must a debit to the profit and loss account, and (ii) the amount so debited must be carried to the reserve.

New Page 1

14 Minimum Alternative Tax — For making an addition under
clause (b) of S. 115JB, two conditions must be jointly satisfied, namely, (i)
there must a debit to the profit and loss account, and (ii) the amount so
debited must be carried to the reserve.


[National Hydroelectric Power Corporation Ltd. v. CIT, (2010)
320 ITR 374 (SC)]

The assessee was required to sell electricity to State
Electricity Board(s), Discoms, etc., at tariff rates notified by the CERC. The
tariff consists of depreciation, Advance Against Depreciation (AAD), interest on
loans, interest on working capital, operation and maintenance expenses, return
on equity.

On May 26, 1997, the Govt. of India introduced a mechanism to
generate additional cash flow, by allowing companies to collect AAD by way of
tariff charge. The year in which normal depreciation fell short of the original
scheduled loan repayment instalment (capped at 1/12th of the original loan) such
shortfall would be collected as advance against future depreciation.

According to the Authority for Advance Rulings (AAR), the
assessee supplied electricity at tariff rate notified by the CERC and recovered
the sale price, which became its income; that, in future the said sale price was
neither refundable nor adjustable against future bills.

However, according to the Authority of Advance Ruling (AAR),
when it came to computation of book profit, the assessee deducted the AAD
component from the total sale price and only the balance amount net of the AAD
was taken into the profit and loss account and book profit. Consequently, the
AAR ruled that reduction of the AAD from the ‘sales’ was nothing but a reserve
which had to be added back on the basis of clause (b) of Explanation 1 to S.
115JB of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The Supreme Court held that on reading Explanation 1, it was
clear that to make an addition under clause (b) two conditions must be jointly
satisfied :

(a) There must be a debit of the amount to the profit and
loss account.

(b) The amount so debited must be carried to the reserve.

Since the amount of AAD was reduced from sales, there was no
debit in the profit and loss account, the amount did not enter the stream of
income for the purposes of determination of net profit at all, hence clause (b)
of Explanation 1 was not applicable. It was not an appropriation of profits. AAD
was not meant for an uncertain purpose. AAD was an amount that is under
obligation, right from the inception, to get adjusted in the future hence, could
not be designated as a reserve. AAD was nothing but an adjustment by reducing
the normal depreciation includible in the future years in such a manner that at
the end of the useful life of the plant (which is normally 30 years), the same
would be reduced to nil.

According to the Supreme Court the AAD was a timing
difference, it was not a reserve, it was not carried through the profit and loss
account and that it was ‘income received in advance’ subject to adjustment in
future and, therefore, clause (b) of Explanation 1 to S. 115JB was not
applicable.

 

levitra

Manufacture — Duplication from the master media of the application software commercially to sub-licence a copy of such application software constitutes manufacturing of goods in terms of S. 80-IA.

New Page 1

13 Manufacture — Duplication from the master media of the
application software commercially to sub-licence a copy of such application
software constitutes manufacturing of goods in terms of S. 80-IA.


[CIT v. Oracle Software India Ltd., (2010) 320 ITR 546 (SC)]

The assessee, a 100% subsidiary of Oracle Corporation, USA,
was incorporated with the object of developing designing, improving, producing,
marketing, distributing, buying, selling and importing of computer software. The
assessee was entitled to sub-licence the software development by Oracle
Corporation, USA. The assessee imported master media of the software from Oracle
Corporation, USA which it duplicated on blank discs, packed and sold in the
market along with relevant brochures. The assessee made a payment a lump-sum
amount to Oracle Corporation, USA for the import of master media. In addition
thereto, the assessee also had to pay royalty at the rate of 30% of the price of
the licensed product. The only right which the assessee had was to replicate or
duplicate the software. It did not have any right to vary, amend or make value
addition to the software embedded in the master media. According to the assessee,
it used machinery to convert blank CDs into recorded CDs which along with other
processes became a software kit. According to the assessee, the blank CD
constituted raw materials. According to the assessee, the master media could not
be conveyed as it is. In order to sub-licence, a copy thereof had to be made and
it was the making of this copy which constituted manufacture or processing of
goods in terms of S. 80-IA and consequently the assessee was entitled to
deduction under that Section. On the other hand, according to the Department, in
the process of copying, there was no element of manufacture or processing of
goods. According to the Department, since the software on the master media and
the software on the recorded media remained unchanged, there was no manufacture
or processing of goods involved in the activity of the copy or duplicating,
hence, the assessee was not entitled to deduction u/s.80-IA. According to the
Department, when the master media was made from what was lodged into the
computer, it was a clone of the software in the computer and if one compared the
contents of the master media with what was there in the computer/data bank,
there was no difference, hence, according to the Department, there was no change
in the use, character or name of the CDs even after the impugned process was
undertaken by the assessee.

The Supreme Court observed that duplication could certainly
take place at home, however, one should draw a line between duplication done at
home and commercial duplication. Even a pirated copy of a CD was a duplication,
but that did not mean that commercial duplication as it was undertaken in the
instant case should be compared with home duplication which may result in
pirated copy of a CD.

The Supreme Court held that from the details of Oracle
applications, it found that the software on the master media was an application
software. It was not an operating software. It was not a system software. It
could be categorised into product line applications, application solutions and
industry applications. A commercial duplication process involved four steps. For
the said process of commercial duplication, one required master media, fully
operational computer, CD blaster machine (a commercial device used for
replication from master media), blank/
unrecorded compact disc also known as recordable media and printing
software/labels. The master media was subjected to a validation and checking
process by software engineers by installing and rechecking the integrity of the
master media with the help of the software installed in the fully operational
computer. After such validation and checking of the master media, the same was
inserted in a machine which was called the CD Blaster and a virtual image of the
software in the master media was thereafter created in its internal storage
device. This virtual image was utilised to replicate the software on the
recordable media.

According to the Supreme Court, if one examined the above
process in the light of the details given hereinabove, commercial duplication
could not be compared to home duplication. Complex technical nuances were
required to be kept in mind while deciding issues of the above nature. The
Supreme Court held that the term ‘manufacture’ implies a change, but every
change is not a manufacture, despite the fact that every change in an article is
the result of a treatment of labour and manipulation. However, this test of
manufacture needs to be seen in the context of the above process. If an
operation/process renders a commodity or article fit for use for which it is
otherwise not fit, the operation/process falls within the meaning of the word
‘manufacture’. Applying the above test to the facts of the present case, the
Supreme Court was of the view that, in the instant case, the assessee had
undertaken an operation which rendered a blank CD fit for use which it was
otherwise not fit. The blank CD was an input. By the duplicating process
undertaken by the assessee, the recordable media which was unfit for any
specific use got converted into the programme which was embedded in the master
media and, thus, the blank CD got converted into recorded CD by the aforestated
intricate process. The duplicating process changed the basic character of a
blank CD, dedicating it to a specific use. Without such processing, blank CDs
would be unfit for their intended purpose. Therefore, processing of blank CDs,
dedicating them to a specific use, constituted a manufacture in terms of S.
80-IA(12)(b) read with S. 33B of the Income-tax Act.

 

levitra

Capital gains — Gains/loss arising on renunciation of right to subscribe is a short-term gain — Deduction u/s.48(2) is to be applied to the long-term capital gains before set-off of short-term loss, if any.

New Page 1

11 Capital gains — Gains/loss arising on renunciation of
right to subscribe is a short-term gain — Deduction u/s.48(2) is to be applied
to the long-term capital gains before set-off of short-term loss, if any.


[Navin Jindal v. ACIT, (2010) 320 ITR 708 (SC)]

The assessee was a shareholder in Jindal Iron and Steel
Company Limited (‘JISCO’, for short). The said company announced in January,
1992, an issue of 12.5% equity secured PCDs (party convertible debentures) of
Rs.110 for cash at par to shareholders on rights basis and employees on
equitable basis. The issue opened for subscription on February 14, 1992, and
closed on March 12, 1992. As the assessee held 1500 equity shares of JISCO, the
assessee received an offer to subscribe to 1875 PCDs of JISCO on rights basis.
The assessee renounced his right to subscribe to the PCDs in favour of Colorado
Trading Company on February 15, 1992, at the rate of Rs.30 per right. The
assessee received, accordingly, Rs.56,250 for renunciation of the right to
subscribe to the PCDs. Against the aforesaid sale consideration, the assessee
suffered a diminution in the value of the original 1500 equity shares in the
following manner : the cum-rights price per share on January 3, 1992, was
Rs.625, whereas ex-rights price per share on January 6, 1992, was Rs.425,
resulting in a loss of Rs.200 per share. Consequently, the capital loss suffered
by the assessee was Rs.3,00,000 (1,500 x 200) as against the receipt of
Rs.56,250 on renunciation of 1875 PCDs.

During that year on August 7, 1991, the assessee sold 8460
equity shares of JSL at Rs.240 for a total consideration of Rs.20,30,400, whose
cost of acquisition was Rs.3,63,200 and, consequently, the transaction resulted
in a long-term gain for the assessee in the sum of Rs.16,67,200. Similarly, on
June 20, 1991, the assessee sold 7000 equity shares of Saw Pipes Limited (‘SPL’,
short) at the rate of Rs.103 each, for a total consideration of Rs.7,21,000 from
which the assessee deducted Rs.70,000 towards cost of acquisition, resulting in
a long-term gain of Rs.6,51,000. In all, under the caption, ‘long-term gain’ the
assessee earned Rs.23,18,200 (Rs.16,67,200 + Rs.6,51,000).

The Supreme Court observed that the question of loss was not
in issue in the civil appeals before it. The only question which it had to
decide was the nature of the loss. The Assessing Officer had accepted the
computation of loss on renunciation of the right to subscribe to the PCDs at
Rs.2,43,750, but treated the same as long-term capital loss.

The Supreme Court observed that S. 48 deals with the mode of
computation of income chargeable under the head ‘Capital gains’. Under that
Section, such income is required to be computed by deducting from the full value
of the consideration received as a result of the transfer of the capital asset,
the expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with such transfer
and the cost of acquisition of the asset. U/s.48(1)(b) of the Act, it is further
stipulated that where the capital gain arises from the transfer of a long-term
capital asset, then, in addition to the expenditure incurred in connection with
the transfer and the cost of acquisition of the asset, a further deduction, as
specified in S. 48(2) of the Act, which is similar to standard deduction,
becomes necessary.

The Supreme Court noted that the basic controversy in the
batch of civil appeals before it concerned the stage at which S. 48(2) of the
Act becomes applicable.

The Supreme Court noted that from the said figure of
Rs.23,31,200, the Assessing Officer had deducted the loss of Rs.2,43,680 as a
long-term loss and applied S. 48(2) deduction to the figure of Rs.20,87,450.
Consequently, the Assessing Officer worked out the net income at Rs.8,28,980 as
against the figure of Rs.6,77,530 worked out by the assessee. The above analysis
showed the controversy between the parties. The assessee treated Rs.2,43,750 as
a short-term loss, and, therefore, he applied the standard deduction u/s. 48(2)
to the long-term gain of Rs.23,18,200 from sale of shares of JSL and SPL,
whereas the Assessing Officer applied S. 48(2) deduction to the figure of
Rs.20,87,450 which is arrived at on the basis that the loss suffered by the
assessee of Rs.2,43,680 was a long-term loss.

The Supreme Court held that the right to subscribe for
additional offer of share/debentures on rights basis, on the strength of
existing shareholding in the company, comes into existence when the company
decides to come out with the rights offer. Prior to that, such right, though
embedded in the original shareholding, remains inchoate. The same crystallises
only when the rights offer is announced by the company. Therefore, in order to
determine the nature of the gain/loss on renunciation of right to subscribe for
additional shares/debentures, the crucial date is the date on which such right
to subscribe for additional shares/debentures comes into existence and the date
of transfer (renunciation) of such right. The said right to subscribe for
additional shares/debentures is a distinct, independent and separate right,
capable of being transferred independently of the existing shareholding, on the
strength of which such rights are offered.

The right to subscribe for additional offer of
shares/debentures comes into existence only when the company decides to come out
with the rights offer. It is only when that event takes place, that diminution
in the value of the original shares held by the assessee takes place. One has to
give weightage to the diminution in the value of the original shares, which
takes place when the company decides to come out with the rights offer. For
determining whether the gain/loss of renunciation of the right to subscribe is a
short-term or long-term gain/loss, the crucial date is the date on which such
right to subscribe for additional shares/debentures comes into existence and the
date of renunciation (transfer) of such right.

The Supreme Court was therefore of the opinion that the loss
suffered by the assessee amounting to Rs.2,43,750 was short-term loss. According
to the Supreme Court, the computation of income under the head ‘Capital gains’,
as computed by the assessee was correct.

Manufacture or production of article or thing — Activity of extraction of marble blocks, cutting into slabs, polishing and conversion into polished slabs and tiles would amount to ‘manufacture’ or ‘production’ for the purpose of claiming deduction u/s.80-

New Page 1

12 Manufacture or production of article or thing — Activity
of extraction of marble blocks, cutting into slabs, polishing and conversion
into polished slabs and tiles would amount to ‘manufacture’ or ‘production’ for
the purpose of claiming deduction u/s.80-IA of the Act.


[ITO v. Arihant Tiles and Marbles P. Ltd., (2010) 320 ITR 79
(SC)]

In the batch of civil appeals before the Supreme Court, a
common question of law which arose for determination was : Whether conversion of
marble blocks by sawing into slabs and tiles and polishing amounted to
‘manufacture or production of article or thing’, so as to make the
respondent(s)-assessee(s) entitled to the benefit of S. 80-IA of the Income-tax
Act, 1961, as it stood at the material time.

According to the Supreme Court, to answer the above issue, it
was necessary to note the details of stepwise activities undertaken by the
assessee(s) which read as follows :

(i) Marble blocks excavated/extracted by the mine owners
being in raw uneven shapes had to be properly sorted out and marked;

(ii) Such blocks were then processed on single blade/wire
saw machines using advanced technology to square them by separating waste
material;

(iii) Squared up blocks were sawed for making slabs by
using the gang-saw machine or single/multiblock cutter machine;

(iv) The sawn slabs were further reinforced by way of
filling cracks by epoxy resins and fiber netting;

(v) The slabs were polished in polishing machine; the slabs
were further edge-cut into required dimensions/tiles as per market requirement
in perfect angles by edge-cutting machine and multidisc cutter machines;

(vi) Polished slabs and tiles were buffed by shiner.

The Supreme Court further noted that the assessee(s) had been
consistently regarded as a manufacturer/producer by various Government
departments and agencies. The above processes undertaken by the respondent(s)
had been treated as manufacture under the Excise Act and allied tax laws.

At the outset, it was observed by the Supreme Court that in
numerous judgments, it had been consistently held that the word ‘production’ was
wider in its scope as compared to the word ‘manufacture’. Further, the
Parliament itself had taken note of the ground reality and amended the
provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961, by inserting S. 2(29BA) vide the Finance
Act, 2009, with effect from April 1, 2009.

The Supreme Court noted that the authorities below had
rejected the contention of the assessee(s) that its activities of polishing
slabs and making of tiles from marble blocks constituted ‘manufacture’ or
‘production’ u/s.80-IA of the Income-tax Act. There was a difference of opinion
in this connection between the Members of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal.
However, by the impugned judgment, the High Court had accepted the contention of
the assessee(s) holding that in the present case, polished slabs and tiles stood
manufactured/produced from the marble blocks and, consequently, each of the
assessee was entitled to the benefit of deduction u/s.80-IA. Hence, the civil
appeals were filed by the Department.

The Supreme Court also noted that in these cases, it was
concerned with assessees who were basically factory owners and not mine owners.

The Supreme Court held that in each case one has to examine
the nature of the activity undertaken by an assessee. Mere extraction of stones
may not constitute manufacture. Similarly, after extraction, if marble blocks
are cut into slabs that per se will not amount to the activity of manufacture.
From the details of process undertaken by each of the respondents it was clear
that they were not concerned only with cutting of marble blocks into slabs but
were also concerned with the activity of polishing and ultimate conversion of
blocks into polished slabs and tiles. The Supreme Court found from the process
indicated hereinabove that there were various stages through which the blocks
had to go through before they become polished slabs and tiles. In the
circumstances, the Supreme Court was of the view that on the facts of the cases
in hand, there was certainly an activity which would come in the category of
‘manufacture’ or ‘production’ u/s.80IA of the Income-tax Act. The Supreme Court
held that in the judgment in Aman Marble Industries P. Ltd. (2003) 157 ELT 393
(SC), it was not required to construe the word ‘production’ in addition to the
word ‘manufacture’.

Before concluding, the Supreme Court thought it fit to make
one observation. The Supreme Court observed that if the contention of the
Department was to be accepted, namely, that the activity undertaken by the
respondents herein was not a manufacture, then it would have serious revenue
consequences. As stated above, each of the respondents was paying excise duty,
some of the respondents were job workers and activity undertaken by them had
been recognised by various Government authorities as manufacture. To say that
the activity would not amount to manufacture or production u/s.80-IA would have
disastrous consequences, particularly in view of the fact that the assessees in
all the cases would plead that they were not liable to pay excise duty, sales
tax, etc. because the activity did not constitute manufacture. Keeping in mind
the above factors, the Supreme Court was of the view that in the present cases,
the activity undertaken by each of the respondents constituted manufacture or
production and, therefore, they would be entitled to the benefit of S. 80-IA of
the Income-tax Act, 1961.

Interest — Tax — Interest as Government securities not chargeable to Interest Tax

New Page 1

  1. Interest — Tax — Interest as Government securities not
    chargeable to Interest Tax

 

[CIT vs. Ratnakar Bank Ltd. (2008) 305 ITR 257 (SC)].

The question involved before the Supreme Court was whether
interest earned by the assessee-bank on Government securities was liable to be
assessed under Section 2(7) of the Interest-tax Act ? The Tribunal had held
that it was not chargeable. The High Court had upheld the view of the
Tribunal. The Supreme Court observed that the issue was considered by it
earlier in CIT vs. Corporation Bank, (2007) 295 ITR 193 (SC), wherein
the appeals filed by the Department were dismissed. However, the learned
counsel for the Department submitted that the said decision related to the
interest on Government securities. The learned counsel for the assessee
submitted that in the instant case, the interest earned was on Government
securities only. This stand was denied by the learned counsel for the
Department. In the circumstances, the Supreme Court remitted the matter back
to the Tribunal to examine the factual position as to whether the interest
involved in the present case was on Government securities. The Supreme Court
clarified that if the interest was earned on Government securities, the ratio
of the decision in Corporation Bank’s case would apply to the facts of the
present case and if the interest earned was not solely on Government
securities, the ratio of the decision would not apply.

levitra

Appeal — Order set aside to the High Court as the relevant decision was not considered.

New Page 2

 12. Appeal — Order set aside to the High Court as the
relevant decision was not considered.

[CIT vs. Madras Engineering Construction Co-op. Society
Ltd.,
(2008) 306 ITR 10 (SC)].

The Assessing Officer negatived the claim of deduction
under Section 80P(2)(a)(i) of the Act on the ground that the income reflected
by the assessee can neither be attributed to actual labour of the members nor
can be treated as arising out of collective disposal of its labour. The
Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) following the earlier orders, allowed the
appeal. The Tribunal dismissed the Revenue’s appeals. Before the Supreme
Court, the Revenue contended that the High Court had failed to notice that the
profit earned by the Society in executing the work was retained by the members
themselves. The Supreme Court, however, found that its decision in Madras
Auto Rickshaw Drivers’ Co-op. Society vs. CIT,
(2001) 249 ITR 330 (SC),
which had prima facie relevance, was not noticed by the High Court. The
Supreme Court therefore set aside the order of the High Court and remitted the
matter to it for a fresh consideration in the light of the aforesaid decision.

The European Economic Crisis

Editorial

The recent crisis in various European countries (four of the
worst affected being commonly referred to as PIGS — Portugal, Ireland, Greece,
Spain) has again thrown the budding worldwide economic recovery into a spin. The
near default by Greece and the heavy cost of the bailout by the European Union
has had a huge effect on markets worldwide, and is bound to affect various
countries around the world. Italy is thanking its stars that the ‘I’ in PIGS no
longer stands for Italy but for Ireland, but the rest of the world is wondering
whether Italy too would go the same way as the others, given some of the common
economic parameters that it has with those countries.

This is the other side of globalisation that we see. The
Euro, the common currency for Europe, which was hailed as a significant step for
integration of the European economy when it was implemented, is now in danger of
having countries break away from it. It was a well-known fact that the European
Union consisted of diverse economies — some well-developed and economically
conservative, while others not so well developed but profligate in their
spending without having the economic resources to do so. Conservative Germans
are rightly indignant at having to bail out profligate Greece, but because of
the Euro, and the impact on their banks and economy, have no choice but to
support Greece. Greece has its hands partly tied in tiding over the crisis
because it is part of the Euro, and therefore unable to devalue its currency. It
naturally expected the European Union to bail it out.

India too has important lessons to learn from the European
crisis. India is similar to Europe in the sense that India too consists of
various states having a common currency, just as Europe consists of various
countries having a common currency. Each state has its own finances and
expenditure, just as each country in Europe has its own finances and
expenditure. Just as Greece merrily continued to spend, without the requisite
revenues, relying totally on the European Union to bail it out, in India too we
have various states which have launched various populist programmes without the
funds to sustain such programmes, hoping that the Central Government would bail
them out if they were to land in difficulty.

Perhaps the one major difference is that the Indian federal
revenues and the federal expenses are a far higher percentage of the total
Government revenues and expenses than the common revenues and expenses of the
European Union are to the total European revenues and expenses. Also, in India,
certain major economic decisions are taken by the federal government, which
decisions may be the prerogative of the individual countries in Europe.

The Greek crisis was caused by the fact that during the
economic boom, Greece did not use the opportunity to carry out much-needed
reforms. Tax evasion is still rampant in Greece, resulting in significant
leakage of tax revenues due to the government. The Greek government has been
merrily spending without regard to its revenues, thereby running large deficits.

In India too, the reforms agenda has been lagging of late.
Tax evasion is still fairly high, though it has reduced in recent times. The
Indian government’s increase in spending in recent times probably outshadows
that of Greece. The fuel subsidy, the fertiliser subsidy, the food subsidy, and
various other schemes have resulted in drastic increases in the government
deficit. The worry is that there does not seem to be any significant efforts to
reduce the deficit through reduced government spending. So far, the government
has been able to manage on account of one-time collections, such as
disinvestment of public sector companies, auction of telecom spectrum, etc. The
question is — how long can sale of capital assets continue to sustain government
expenditure ?

Sooner or later, the government will run out of options and
have to either increase taxes (which seems difficult under the current
scenario), improve tax compliance, or reduce Government spending (which again
seems unlikely, given the populist measures that are generally resorted to).
Improvement of tax compliance to boost tax revenues seems the only possible
realistic way. Such measures will be required, and we cannot bank on the fact
that since we are currently growing at a brisk pace as compared to the rest of
the world, and are a popular investment destination, we would be immune from
similar economic crises. It does not take long for business confidence to
evaporate, and it is far better that we take measures before we are forced to do
so.

We are fortunate that we have an economist at the helm of
affairs of our country in such times. However, given the fact that the current
government has to adjust to the whims and fancies of other political parties in
order to survive, the room for much-needed reform is practically limited. Can
our opportunistic politicians not cast aside their personal greed and agenda for
the time being, and act in the country’s best interest by supporting the
government in its economic reforms ?

Our economy is already feeling the effects of the European
crisis. Our stock markets have stumbled, the rupee has become volatile against
other currencies, and exporters to Europe will shortly start feeling the crunch.
Foreign capital may flow out from the Indian stock markets to safer assets.
Interest rates and inflation may move up. One does not know how long the problem
will continue and how much the European economy will worsen before things
improve for the better.

The silver lining in the crisis may be that the bubble in the
Indian real estate sector, which was primarily caused by inflows from abroad,
may deflate, causing real estate prices to return to reasonable levels. One
hopes and wishes that the Indian economy continues its steady growth without too
many hiccups.

Gautam Nayak

levitra

Prosperity without Security ?

Editorial

The elections have thrown up a
pleasant surprise in the form of a relatively stable government. The stock
markets are booming in anticipation of a fiscal stimulus package and economic
reforms. It is almost as if the markets believe that the worst of the recession
is now behind us and that henceforward it is all smooth sailing for the country.
Is this really justified ?

With a stable government in
place committed to economic reforms, it is highly likely that India would not be
as badly affected by the worldwide recession as other countries, and would be
able to ride out the storm. The real problem facing the country’s growth however
lies elsewhere — in the stability of our neighbourhood. Growth is not
sustainable without stability.

In the last few months, we have
seen an internal battle being waged by the Pakistani Government against the
fundamentalist Taliban, and the threat being posed by such fundamentalist forces
to the very existence of Pakistan. The monster created by the Pakistani
Government now threatens to engulf the entire country. Such proximity to our
borders, given the attitude of such fundamentalist forces towards India and the
violent methods being used to achieve their ends, is bound to create security
problems within India, endangering the prospects of growth. The very thought
that Pakistan’s nuclear weapons may fall into the hands of such fundamentalists
is a cause of great concern.

On our northern borders, Nepal,
which had so far not posed a problem to India’s security, is facing serious
internal problems. The Maoists who had given up their violent tactics to join
the Government, had to quit. India is being blamed for their plight, and the
Maoists are unlikely to take things lying down. Their making common cause with
China is bound to create security issues for India. Whether the Maoists are in
power or out of power, Nepal is likely to be a thorn in India’s security for the
next few years.

On the eastern front, though
relations with Bangladesh have improved for the time being, the politics of
Bangladesh being what it is, one wonders how long this improved relationship
will last. India’s border debate with China remains unresolved, with issues
suddenly raising their heads from time to time.

To top it all, many Indian
States are facing violent tactics of Maoists and Naxalites. All in all, India
seems to be situated in the most dangerous location worldwide, so far as the
safety and security of its residents are concerned. The top priority of the new
Government should therefore be to take measures to improve the internal and
external security of the country.

This involves not merely the
strengthening of internal security forces and the armed forces, but also making
the right moves in respect of our foreign policy. Economic reforms can take a
country far, but security of life and property is essential for the business
sector to flourish. Over the past decade, India has been seen as an attractive
investment and business destination on account of its comparatively peaceful
atmosphere. To some extent, this image has taken a beating due to the series of
recent terrorist attacks.

No country can hope to be
regarded as an attractive place to do business unless peace prevails there. Take
the cases of Vietnam, Ireland, and so many others. Once ravaged by war or civil
war, these countries were then regarded as death-traps. Today, these are
considered as investment destinations worldwide, on account of the peace and
stability that they have enjoyed for over a decade.

The biggest challenge before
the new Government is to take steps to ensure that peace and internal stability
are maintained, notwithstanding the developments in our immediate neighbourhood.
Our arms purchases, our expenditure on defence and police, should not be victim
to party politics or corruption, but should be regarded as an essential
expenditure for national growth. Our foreign policy should be guided by
long-term considerations of peaceful co-existence and not by short-term
prejudices of the party in power, nor by ambitions of becoming a super power.
This is an opportunity for this Government to show that right approach can make
a difference. Only time will tell whether our hopes will be realised or not !

Gautam Nayak

levitra

Taxing Charity

Editorial

The recent amendments to the Income Tax Act carried out by
the Finance Act 2008 in relation to taxation of charitable trusts reflect very
poorly on the Government, and raise serious doubts as to its intentions. It
seems to be part of a disturbing trend to punish all for the transgressions of a
few.


On the face of it, the amendment seems innocuous. The
definition of charitable purpose has been amended to provide that one of the
limbs, any other object of general public utility, shall not include the
carrying on of any activity in the nature of trade, commerce or business, or any
activity of rendering any service in relation to any trade, commerce or
business, for a cess or fee or any other consideration, irrespective of the
nature of use or application or retention of the income from such activity.

The ostensible reason for such amendment given by the
Government is that it desires to deny the benefit of exemption to purely
commercial and business entities, which wear the mask of a charity. A very
plausible reason indeed !

However, the amendment goes far beyond the stated reason. It
not only covers such business activities, but also activities which are
rendering services in relation to trade, commerce or business. The term ‘in
relation to’ being a very broad term, would rope in various activities carried
out by charitable trusts genuinely to raise funds for their other charitable
activities.

To illustrate, some of the charitable activities which may be
impacted include activities such as micro-credit, sale of greeting cards with
designs painted by the handicapped, sale of products manufactured by handicapped
persons, issue of certificates of origin by chambers of commerce, organising of
seminars, trade fairs and exhibitions, etc. These are all activities, which are
part of the objects, but are subservient to the main object. Carrying on any
such activity could result in complete loss of the exemption. Fortunately, pure
fund-raising activities may not be impacted.

Today, charity is not restricted to traditional activities of
education, medical relief or relief of poverty. Most NGOs carry on activities in
different spheres, which help improve the life of the general public. Be it
protection of the environment, eradication of corruption and promotion of
transparency in Government, improving the lot of tribals or other disadvantaged
groups, promotion of art and culture — all these are equally charitable
activities, though there may be some involvement of business for fund-raising,
assistance, etc.

No less a person than the former Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi,
as well as his son (and heir-apparent?) Rahul Gandhi, have acknowledged that
only a fraction of funds spent by the Government for welfare of the downtrodden
actually reach the intended beneficiaries, and that NGOs can provide a far
superior delivery mechanism. In such circumstances, should the Government not be
promoting the activities of NGOs, rather than seeking to transfer funds from
NGOs to itself ? Ultimately, Government is supposed to exist for the people.
Should the need of and benefit to the general public not be the paramount
guiding factor in such matters ?

The Finance Minister has gone on record to clarify that
genuine charitable organisations will not in any way be affected, and that the
activities of Chambers of Commerce and similar organisations rendering services
to their members would continue to be regarded as “advancement of any other
object of general public utility”. If that indeed was the intention, what
prevented the Government from reflecting such intention in the provisions of the
law itself ? Are we to believe that the Government is incapable of expressing
its intention through precise wording of the law ? And that too when we have an
eminent lawyer at the helm of the Finance Ministry ?

We are further told that the CBDT, as usual, will come out
with an explanatory circular containing guidelines for determining whether an
entity is carrying on any activity in the nature of trade, commerce or business
or any activity of rendering any service in relation to any trade, commerce or
business. Of late, it is noticed that such circulars do not provide any guidance
on debatable issues, but merely parrot the provisions of the section. One hopes
that at least this time the circular will really be explanatory !

Such circulars explaining provisions of the Finance Act are
generally issued by the CBDT only in December. Do charitable trusts have to keep
their activities on hold till December to find out whether their activities are
permissible or not, or to know whether they are liable to pay advance tax or
not ? One hopes that one is proved wrong for once, and at least on this aspect,
a circular is issued immediately. Not to do so is to do grave injustice to
charity and cause a severe loss to the general public !

Gautam Nayak

levitra

Appeal to Tribunal : Powers of Single member : S. 255(3) : Income computed by AO less than Rs.5 lakhs : CIT(A) enhanced it to more than Rs.5 lakhs : Single member can decide appeal.

New Page 1

21 Appeal to Tribunal : Powers of Single
member : S. 255(3) of Income-tax Act, 1961 : A.Y. 1996-97 : Income computed by
AO less than Rs.5 lakhs : CIT(A) enhanced it to more than Rs.5 lakhs : Single
member can decide the appeal.


[CIT v. Mahakuteshwar Oil Industries, 298 ITR 390
(Kar.)]

The assessee was a manufacturer of edible oil. For the A.Y.
1996-97, it had declared the total income of Rs.8,660 in the return of income.
The Assessing Officer computed the total income at Rs.2,27,614. The Commissioner
enhanced the income to Rs.13,89,795. In appeal before the Tribunal, the Single
Member of the Tribunal decided the appeal and granted relief to the assessee.

 

In the appeal preferred by the Revenue, the following
questions were raised :

“(i) Whether the single member of the Tribunal had
jurisdiction to decide the appeal when the subject matter of appeal was
exceeding Rs.5,00,000 ?

(ii) Whether the Tribunal was justified in reversing the
findings of the Appellate Commissioner, when the assessee failed to discharge
the burden of proof as required u/s.68 of the Income-tax Act ?

 


The Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal
and held as under :

“(i) A single member of the Tribunal can exercise powers if
the income computed by the Assessing Officer is less than Rs.5 lakhs, even
though the same has been enhanced by the Commissioner (Appeals) in excess of
Rs.5 lakhs.

(ii) The Tribunal had given a categorical finding that the
assessee was willing to examine the creditors as its witnesses to prove that
it had availed of loans from them. No records were produced to show that the
assessee had not made such a statement either before the Assessing Officer or
before the Commissioner (Appeals). When the Revenue had got the records to
show whether the assessee was willing to examine any of the witnesses or not,
when such documents were not placed before the Court, one would have to draw
an adverse inference against the Revenue.”

 


levitra

Penalty : S. 271B r/w. ss. 44AB and 80P of I. T. Act, 1961 : Failure to get accounts audited within prescribed time : No tax payable by assessee society in view of s. 80P : Penalty u/s. 271B not to be imposed

New Page 1

  1. Penalty : S. 271B r/w. ss. 44AB and 80P of I. T. Act,
    1961 : Failure to get accounts audited within prescribed time : No tax payable
    by assessee society in view of s. 80P : Penalty u/s. 271B not to be imposed.



 


[CIT vs. Iqbalpur Co-operative Cane Development Union
Ltd.
; 179 Taxman 27 (Uttarakhand)].

The income of the assessee co-operative society was
exempted u/s. 80P of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The assessee society failed to
get its accounts audited u/s. 44AB of the Act within the prescribed time.
Therefore, the Assessing Officer imposed penalty u/s. 271B of the Act. The
Tribunal cancelled the penalty.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Uttarakhand High Court upheld
the decision of the Tribunal and held as under :

“i) There appeared no intention on the part of the
assessee to conceal the income or to deprive the Government of revenue as
there was no tax payable on the income of the assessee, in view of the
provisions of section 80P. Thus, it was not necessary for the Assessing
Officer to impose penalty u/s. 271B.

ii) On going through the impugned order passed by the
Tribunal, no sufficient reason was found to interfere with the satisfaction
recorded by the Tribunal as to the finding of fact that the assessee had no
intention to cause any loss to the revenue and as such, the penalty was not
necessarily required to be imposed by the Assessing Officer.

iii) Agreeing with the view of the Tribunal, it was to be
held that though an assessee is liable to penalty u/s. 271B for failure to
comply with the provisions of section 44AB but since in the instant case, no
tax was payable by the assessee in view of the provisions contained in
section 80P, the Tribunal had commited no error of law in setting aside the
penalty imposed by the Assessing Officer”.

levitra

Fair Value or Fear Value?

Accounting Standards

Fair value accounting is an integral aspect of International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). In good times, everyone likes fair value
accounting, however, in bad times they are complaining. With the adoption of
IFRS from 2011 by India, the debate on fair value accounting has exacerbated.
Some argue that fair value accounting is procyclical and caused the recent
credit crisis. However subsequent research done by SEC indicates that financial
institutions collapsed because of credit losses on doubtful mortgages, caused by
sub-prime lending, and not fair value accounting.

Those criticising fair value accounting do not seem to
provide any credible alternatives. Do we take a step back to historical cost
accounting, wherein financial assets are stated at outdated values and hence not
relevant or reliable? Is there any better way of accounting for
derivatives
, other than using fair value accounting ? For example, in the
case of long-term foreign exchange forward contracts there may not be an active
market. For such contracts, entities obtain MTM quotes from banks. In practice,
significant differences have been observed between quotes from various banks.
Though fair value in this case is judgmental, is it still not a much better
alternative than not accounting or accounting at historical price ?

Some years ago an exercise was conducted by a global
accounting firm to determine employee stock option charge. By making changes to
the input variables, all within the allowable parameters of IFRS, option expense
as a percentage of reported income was found to vary as much as 40% to 155%.
However, since then the IASB has issued an Exposure Draft on fair value
measurement, and overtime subjectivity and valuation spread is expected to
reduce substantially.

The next question is what kind of assets and liabilities lend
themselves better to fair value accounting. Whilst many non-financial assets
under IFRS are accounted at historical cost, biological assets are accounted at
fair value. Unfortunately many biological assets are simply not subject to
reliable estimates of fair value. Take for instance, a colt which is kept as a
potential breeding stock, grows into a fine stallion. The stallion starts
winning race events and is also used in Bollywood films. The stallion earns
substantial amount for its owner from breeding and other services. The stallion
gets older, his utility decreases. Eventually the stallion dies of old age and
the carcass used as pet food. At each stage in the life of the horse, the fair
value would change significantly, but estimating the fair values could be
extremely subjective and difficult. In many ways, the stallion reminds one of
fixed assets. Changes in fair value of fixed assets are not recognised in the
income statement, then why should the treatment be different in the case of
biological non-financial assets ?

In India the debate on fair value has got confused because of
lack of understanding of IFRS. For example, a common misunderstanding is that
all assets and liabilities are stated at fair value. However, the truth is that
under IFRS many non-financial assets such as fixed assets or intangible
assets are stated at cost less depreciation.
In the case of investment
properties, a company is allowed to choose either the cost option or fair value
option for accounting. The apprehension of using fair value accounting for
investment properties is driven by tax considerations. However, one may note
that IFRS financial statements are driven towards the needs of the investor and
not of any regulator. Therefore, the income-tax authorities should ensure that
IFRS is tax neutral.

Being an emerging economy, without deep markets in many
areas, India would have specific challenges. Many of the challenges in
determining fair valuation applicable to emerging economies may also apply to
any other developed economy. However, lack of expertise and experience in
emerging economies may amplify the problem. Additional education might be needed
on how to make estimates and judgments and the disclosure of fair value in
financial statements.

Many emerging economies do not have a deep and active market
for long-term maturities, and in the case of corporate bond there may not be an
active market at all. Valuation of such bonds would be difficult as there would
be no market to mark, and estimating discount rate for longer-term maturities
could be challenging. A country may have only one risk premium that covers all
maturities but not broken up for specific duration or industry sector — this can
compound the problem.


Any valuation that involves tax and foreign exchange as a
variable will add another dimension of complication in the case of emerging
economies.
This is because tax rates and regulations are not stable and
change quite frequently. Also, experience indicates that foreign exchange
reference rates announced by the central bank or a regulatory body may be
significantly different from the market. In the case of foreign exchange forward
contract, there may not be an active market beyond one year. Significant
differences have been observed in the MTM quotes from various banks on long-term
forward contracts.

If one has to value a corporate bond that is not actively
traded, the discount rate would be the base rate plus a credit rating-based
credit spread. There are various discounting curves available such as the
zero-coupon interest rate, yield to maturity rate, MIBOR, Fixed Income Money
Market and Derivative Association (FIMMDA) rate, etc. FIMMDA issues credit
rating-based credit spread on a monthly basis. Reuters issues credit spread on a
daily basis but only for AAA rated instruments. The reliability of the valuation
of the bond would depend upon (a) the reliability of the base rate used (b) the
availability and reliability of the credit rating for the instrument, and (c)
the reliability of the credit spread. If a company uses a particular curve to
discount a corporate bond (say, YTM curve) which is different from the
acceptable practice in the market (say, FIMMDA), then the value would differ
from how the market determines it.

Similar issues would also arise in the case of valuation of
government bonds. Many of them may be very illiquid, particularly the state
government bonds. Quotes from different brokers often differ significantly. Also
it is difficult to know if the brokers are acting as principal or agents and
whether the broker will fulfil the deal at the committed price. Valuing them in
the absence of a market may yield different results, as risk premium for state
governments may not be available and would certainly not be the same as that of
the central government. As per RBI requirements state government securities are
valued applying the YTM method by marking it up by 25 basis point, above the
yields of the central government securities of equivalent maturity. However,
under
IFRS this approximation may not work, as it is clear that
different states have different risk profiles, which impacts their valuation.

Under IFRS a company may have to fair value its foreign currency convertible bond listed on a foreign securities exchange. However, in many instances at the reporting period there may be no trade as it may not be actively traded. This could lend itself to potential abuse as insignificant trades at the reporting date may inaccurately determine the fair value of the bonds. The appropriate thing to do in such situations is to make an adjustment to the quoted price based on a detailed analysis so as to measure the bond at its fair value.

It is also common in an emerging economy that an entity is required to estimate fair value of an unquoted instrument, without the benefit of detailed cash flow forecasts, management budgets, or robust multiples. An entity may own an insignificant amount, say, 10% of another entity, and therefore may not be legally entitled to obtain that information from the investee. In many cases, local benchmark companies or their financial information may simply not be available on which to base the valuation. It may be noted that RBI requires unquoted equity instruments to be valued at break-up value from the company’s latest available balance sheet, and in its absence, at Re.1 per company. Such valuations would not be acceptable under IFRS.

When estimating fair value in an emerging economy, modelling a non-financial variable could be extremely difficult. For example, under IFRS, acquisition accounting requires fair valuation of contingent liabilities of the acquiree. If the contingent liabilities were with regard to tax, in many developed economies there is a settlement system and past experience on which an estimate can be based. However, in emerging economies the litigations tend to be very long-drawn and uncertain, eventually resulting in a full liability or no liability at all. The tax authorities that influence the variable may change their behavior rapidly, thereby making the historical behaviour an inaccurate basis on which to predict future behaviour.

Sometimes market dynamics work in a very complicated manner in emerging economies. It may be difficult to determine the principal or most advantageous market due to regulatory or political circumstances. For example, a commodity market may have been cornered by a few selected players, and though in legal terms, all market participants can trade in the market, in actual terms it may be restrictive. Whether such a market should be considered in determining the fair value, if the market participant is not entirely clear whether it will be allowed entry and trade without any restriction ? Such questions would be more common in emerging economies.

Highest and best use is a concept that underscores fair valuation. As people are supposed to act rationally, a fair value measurement considers a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefit by using the asset in its highest and best use. However, highest and best use is subject to the restrictions of what is physically, legally and financially feasible. This could be a difficult area particularly in emerging economies, in the absence of clear laws or the manner in which they are implemented. For example, a builder that owns a piece of land, may not be clear, whether he will be allowed to construct 10 floors or 20 floors and whether the property development is restricted by laws in terms of its usage, for example, only for residential or commercial purposes, etc. This could make the valuation of the land a difficult task.

The above are issues that emerging economies may face more prominently than developed economies. In any system or methodology, fair valuation cannot be expected to provide, the same results if different valuers were valuing it. This is because it is not a science but an art and no guidance or methodology can ever make it a science. However, some additional guidance from the IASB on the above issues will certainly be helpful in bringing about clarity and consistency on how these issues are handled and in collapsing the range within which the fair value should fall. Issuance of guidance that specifically deals with fair valuation issues in emerging economies, will also reduce the resistance in these economies towards fair valuation.

To sum up, fair value accounting does not create good or bad news; rather it is an impartial messenger of the news. However, IASB should look at improvements in terms of providing guidance on a regular basis to reduce judgment and subjectivity as well as restricting the use of fair value accounting only to those assets and liabilities that lend themselves better to fair value accounting. IASB should also focus on providing specific guidance on the fair value challenges that emerging economies such as India would face.

Netting of interest and S. 80HHC

Controversies

1. Issue for consideration :


1.1 S. 80HHC, inserted by the Finance Act, 1983 w.e.f. 1st
April, 1983 for grant of deduction in respect of the profits derived from
exports of goods and merchandise, has since undergone several changes. The
relevant part of the provision, at present, relevant to this discussion, reads
as under :

Explanation : For the purposes of this Section, :


(baa) ‘profits of the business’ means the profits of the
business as computed under the head ‘Profits and gains of business or
profession’ as reduced by :

(1) ninety per cent of any sum referred to in clauses (iiia),
(iiib), (iiic), (iiid) and (iiie) of S. 28 or of any receipts by way of
brokerage, commission, interest, rent, charges or any other receipt of a similar
nature included in such profits; and

1.2 ‘Profits of the business’ as defined in clause (baa) of
the Explanation requires that the profits derived from exports is computed under
the head ‘Profits and gains of business and profession’ and such profits
determined in accordance with S. 28 to S. 44D is to be further adjusted on
account of clause (baa), namely, ninety percent of any receipts by way of
brokerage, commission, interest, rent, charges or any other receipt of a similar
nature included in such profits
.

1.3 The issue that is being fiercely debated, is concerning
the true meaning of the terms ‘interest, etc.’ and ‘receipts’ used in Expln.
(baa). Whether the terms individually or collectively connote net interest, etc.
i.e., the gross interest income less the expenditure incurred for earning
such income ? A related question, in the event it is held that the terms connote
netting of interest, is should netting be allowed where the interest income is
computed as business income ?

1.4 The issue believed to be settled by the decision of the
Special Bench of the ITAT in the case of Lalsons, 89 ITD 25 (Delhi) became
controversial due to the decisions of the Madras and Punjab and Haryana High
Courts. Again, these decisions of the High Court were not followed by the
decision of the Delhi High Court, upholding the ratio of the Lalsons’ decision.
The peace prevailing thereafter has been short-lived in view of the recent
decision of the Bombay High Court, dissenting form the decision of the Delhi
High Court.

2. Shri Ram Honda Equip’s case :


2.1 The issue arose for consideration of the Delhi High Court
in Shri Ram Honda Power Equip, 289 ITR 475 wherein substantial questions of law
concerning the interpretation of S. 80HHC, Ss. (1) and (3) and clause (baa) of
the Explanation, were raised before the High Court as under :

(a) Does the expression ‘profits derived from such export’
occurring in Ss.(3) r/w Expln. (baa) restrict the profits available for
deduction in terms of Ss.(1) to only those items of income directly relatable to
the business of export ?

(b) Does the expression ‘interest’ in Expln. (baa) connote
net interest, i.e., the gross interest income less the expenditure
incurred by the assessee for earning such income ?

(c) If the expression ‘interest’ implies net interest, then
should netting be allowed where the interest income is computed to be business
income ?

2.2 The two broad issues identified by the Court from the
three questions referred to it were the determination of the nature of interest
income and the issue of netting of interest. The Court noted that the first step
was to determine whether in a given case the income from interest was assessable
as a ‘business income’, computed in terms of S. 28 to S. 44, or as an ‘income
from other sources’ determined u/s.56 and u/s.57 and to ascertain thereafter,
whether while deducting ninety percent of interest therefrom in terms of Expln.
(baa), gross or net interest should be taken in to account.

2.3 It was contended on behalf of the assessee that profits cannot be arrived at by any businessman without accounting
for the expenditure incurred in earning such interest; that the entire clause
(baa) had to be read along with the scheme of S. 80HHC(1) and (3) and given a
meaning that did not produce absurd results; that the interpretation should
reflect a liberal construction conforming to the object of encouraging exports;
that use of the term ‘included in such profits’ following the words ‘brokerage,
commission, interest, rent, charges or any other receipts of a similar nature’
was indicative that such amounts were the ‘net’ amounts and only net interest
was includible in the profits; hence once interest income had been computed as
business income, then netting had to be allowed.

2.4 It was further urged that as per the mandate of clause
(baa) the profits and gains of business or profession had to be first computed
as per S. 28 to S. 44, including S. 37, which envisaged accounting for the
expenditure incurred by an assessee for earning the income. The assessees also
relied on paragraph 30.11 of Circular No. 621, dated. 19-12-1991 which provided
for ad hoc 10 percent deduction to account for the expenses. It was
further urged that the Legislature wherever desired had used the expression
‘gross’ as in S. 80M, S. 40(b), S. 44AB, S. 44AD and S. 115JB, making it clear
that the Legislature in terms of S. 80HHC intended that the interest to be
accounted for in computing the profits should be net interest; that the language
of the Section was unambiguous and therefore there was no need to supply the
word ‘gross’ as qualifying the word ‘interest’. Therefore, applying the same
rule of causus omissus, such word could not be read into the Section.
Reliance was placed on the decision in Distributors (Baroda) (P) Ltd., 155 ITR
120 (SC).

2.5 On the issue of netting, it was submitted on behalf of
the Revenue that even where the interest income was determined to be business
income, netting should not be permitted; that there could be no casus omissus,
in other words, the Court ought not to supply words when none exist; that just
as the assessees argued the Legislature if intended would have used the term
‘net’ and would have said so and in the absence of such a clear enunciation, the
word ‘interest’ has to be interpreted to mean ‘gross interest’; that applying
the strict rule of construction in interpreting the statutes, the expression
‘interest’ occurring in clause (baa) could only mean gross interest and that the
treatment in either case should be uniform.

2.6 On behalf of the Revenue it was further urged that the Legislature had permitted the retention of 10% of interest income to compensate for expenses laid out for earning such income, therefore any further deduction of the expenditure incurred for earning such interest, if permit-ted, would amount to a double deduction which clearly was not envisaged; that clause (baa) of the Explanation to S. 80HHC envisaged a two-step process in computing profits derived from exports, first, the AO was required to apply S. 28 to S. 44 to compute the profits and gains of business or profession. In doing so, the AO might find that certain incomes, which had no nexus to the ex-port business of the assessee, were not eligible for deduction and therefore ought to be treated as income from other sources. Once that was done, then 90% of the receipts referred in clause (baa) had to be deducted in order to arrive at the profits derived from profits. Reliance was placed on the decision of K. Venkata Reddy v. CIT, 250 ITR 147 (AP) in support of this submission. Even if the interest earned was to be construed as part of the business income, the netting should not be permitted since the statute did not specifically say so relying on the judgments in IPCA Laboratory Ltd. v. Dy. CIT, 266 ITR 521 (SC), CIT v. V. Chinnapandi, 282 ITR 389 (Mad.) and Rani Paliwal v. CIT, 268 ITR 220 (P & H).

2.7 The Delhi High Court found merit in the contention of the assessee that not accepting that interest in the context referred to net interest, might produce unintended or absurd results. The Court referring to the decision of Keshavji Ravji & Co. v. CIT, 183 ITR 1 (SC) highlighted that the underlying principle of netting appeared to be logical as no prudent businessman would allow taxation of the interest income de hors the expenditure incurred for earning such income. The words ‘included in such profits’ following the words ‘receipts by way of interest, commission, brokerage, etc.’, was a clear pointer to the fact that only net interest would be includible in arriving at the business profit; once business income had been determined by applying accounting standards as well as the provisions contained in the Act, the assessee would be permitted to, in terms of S. 37, claim as deduction, expenditure laid out for the purposes of earning such business income. The Court noted with approval the proposition for netting of income found from Circular No. 621, dated 19-12-1991 of the CBDT.

2.8 The Court observed that object of S. 80HHC was to ensure that the exporter got the benefit of the profits derived from export and was not to depress the profit further; if the deduction of 90% was of the gross interest itself, the amount spent in earning such interest would depress the profit to that extent by remaining on the debit side of the P&L Account; therefore, it could only be the net interest which could be included in the profits; if netting were not to be permitted, the result would be that the profits of the exporter would be depressed by an item that was expenditure incurred on earning interest, which did not form part of the profit at all; such could not have been the intention of the Legislature.

2.9 The Court did not approve of the contention that the treatment of clause (a) of S. 80HHC(3) should be no different from clause (b) of the same sub-section as the said clause (baa) was relatable only to clause (a) of S. 80HHC(3) and not to clause thereof; the provisions operated in distinct areas and no inter-mixing was contemplated.

2.10 For all these reasons, the Court held that the word ‘interest’ in clause (baa) to the Explanation in S. 80HHC was indicative of ‘net interest’, i.e., gross interest less the expenditure incurred by the assessee in earning such interest. The Court affirmed the decision of the Special Bench of the ITAT in Lalsons Enterprises (supra) holding that the expression ‘interest’ in clause (baa) of the Explanation to S. 80HHC connoted ‘net interest’ and not ‘gross interest’.

2.11 The Court noted that in deciding the issue in Rani Paliwal’s case (supra), the Punjab & Haryana High Court, without any detailed discussion simply upheld the Tribunal’s order and therefore did not follow the ratio of the said decision in these words: “We are afraid that there is no reasoning expressed by the High Court for arriving at such a conclusion. For instance, there is no discussion of the CBDT Circular and in particular para 32.11 thereof which indicates that netting is contemplated in Expln. (baa). Also, it does not notice the effect of the words ‘included in such profits’ following the words ‘receipts by way of interest….’ in the said Explanation. We are therefore unable to subscribe to the view taken by the Punjab & Haryana High Court in Rani Paliwal (supra).” The Court accordingly differed with the views of the Punjab & Haryana High Court in Rani Paliwal’s case.

2.12 While differing with the decision of the Madras High Court in Chinnapandi’s case, the Court observed as under: “The Madras High Court in CIT v. V. Chinnapandi (supra) held that even where the interest receipt is treated as business income, the deduction within the meaning of Expln. (baa) is permissible only of the gross interest and not net interest. The High Court appears to have followed the earlier judgment in K. S. Subbiah Pillai & Co. (supra) without noticing that in K. S. Subbiah Pillai (supra), the interest receipt was treated as income from other sources and not as business income. Also, the High Court in V. Chinnapandi (supra) chose to follow Rani Paliwal (supra), which, as explained earlier, gives no reasoning for the conclusion therein. Also, V. Chinnapandi (supra) does not advert to either the CBDT Circular or the judgment of the Special Bench in Lalsons (supra), with which we entirely concur on this aspect.”

2.13 The Court accordingly held that the net interest i.e., the gross interest less the expenditure incurred for the purposes of earning such interest, in terms of Expln. (baa), only be reduced from the profits of the business in cases where the AO treated the interest receipt as business income.

    Asian Star Co. Ltd.’s case:

3.1 Recently the issue again arose before the Bombay High Court in the case of CIT v. Asian Star Ltd. in appeal No. 200 of 2009. In a decision delivered on March 18/19, 2010 the Court was asked to consider the following question of law:

“Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case and in law, the Tribunal was correct in holding that net interest on fixed deposits in banks received by the assessee-company should be considered for the purpose of working out the deduction u/s.80HHC and not the gross interest?”

3.2 The assessee carried on the business of the export of cut and polished diamonds. A return of income for A.Y. 2003-04 was filed, declaring a total income of Rs. 13.91 crores, after claiming a deduction of Rs.13.22 crores u/s.80HHC. The assessee had debited an amount of Rs. 21.46 crores as interest paid/payable to the Profit and Loss Account net of interest received of Rs. 3.25 crores. The assessee was called upon to explain as to why the deduction u/s.80HHC should not be recomputed by excluding ninety percent of the interest received in the amount of Rs.3.25 crores. By its explanation, the assessee submitted that during the year, it received interest on fixed deposits. The assessee stated that it had borrowed monies in order to fulfil its working capital requirements and the Bank had called upon it to maintain a fixed deposit as margin money against the loans. The assessee consequently contended that there was a direct nexus between the deposits kept in the Bank and the amounts borrowed.

3.3 The Assessing Officer, found that the explanation of the assessee could not be accepted since a plain reading of Explanation (baa) to S. 80HHE suggested that ninety percent of the receipts on account of brokerage, commission, interest, rent, charges or receipts of a similar nature were liable to be excluded while computing the profits of the business. In appeal, the CIT (Appeals) held that the assessee had established a direct nexus between interest-bearing fixed deposits and the ‘interest charging’ borrowed funds and he directed the Assessing Officer to allow the netting of interest income and interest expenses. The view of the CIT (Appeals) was confirmed in appeal by the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal. The Tribunal held that the finding of the Appellate Authority was based on the existence of a nexus between borrowed funds and fixed deposits. The Tribunal followed its decision in the case of Lalsons Enterprises, 89 ITD 25 (Delhi).

3.4 The Revenue contended that for computing the profits and gains of the business for S. 80HHC, ninety percent of the receipts by way of interest had to be reduced from the profits and gains of business or profession and the ‘receipts’ to be so reduced were the gross receipts; consequently, the gross receipts by way of interest could not be netted against expenditure which was laid out for the earning of those receipts; the reduction provided by the law was independent of any expenditure that was incurred in the earning of the receipts; that non -operational income should be excluded as it had no nexus with the export turnover, while on the other hand, it depressed profits by including expenditure which had been incurred for those very items which led to a consequence which could not have been intended by the Parliament having regard to the beneficial object underlying the provision.

3.5 The summary of the assessee’s contentions was that (i) The words ‘any receipts’ denoted the nature and not the quantum of the receipt;
    The expression, therefore, required the nature of the receipts to be examined; (iii) Explanation (baa) referred to any receipts of a similar nature ‘included in such profits’. The words ‘such profits’ meant profits and gains of business or profession computed u/s.28 to u/s.44D; (iv) Profits could only be arrived at after the deduction of expenditure from income and the net effect thereof constituted profits; (v) Explanation (baa) did not use the expression ‘gross or net’. However, having regard to the purpose and object of the provision and the nature of the language used in the Explanation, ninety percent of the receipts that was required to be excluded had to be computed with reference to inclusion of such receipts in profits and gains of business which in turn involved both credit and debit sides of the profit and loss account; (vi) For purposes of Explanation (baa), income from other sources would not come within the purview of the Explanation; Only business income had to be considered and interest in the nature of business income had to be taken into consideration; (vii)Receipts by way of interest in Explanation (baa) denoted the nature of the receipts and inclusion in ‘such profits’ would denote the quantum of the receipts; (viii) The words used by the Legislature suggested what was included in the total income or had gone into the computation of total income. Consequently, both debit and credit sides of the profit and loss account would have to be consid-ered; (ix) The words ‘such profits’ could only mean such profits as computed in accordance with the provisions of the Act; (x) The words ‘receipt’ and ‘income’ in Explanation (baa) were interchangeably used and consequently, receipts would have to be read as income; (xi) The correct interpretation was to take into consideration netting and exclude all expenses which had a direct nexus with the earning of the income; (xii) The provision being an incentive provision under Chapter VIA, must be beneficially construed in order to encourage exports; (xiii)

The word ‘profits’ denoted profits in a commercial sense; (xiv) the object of the exclusion contained in Explanation (baa) was to sequester certain non-operational income which did not bear a direct nexus with export income and as a consequence, the exclusion could not be confined only to credit side of the profit and loss account, but must extend equally to the debit side, subject to the rider that a clear nexus has to be established.

3.6 The Bombay High Court explaining the rationale underlying the exclusion noted that : Ss.(3) of S. 80HHC was inserted by the Finance Act of 1991, with effect from 1st April 1992; the adoption of the formula in Ss.(3) was to disallow a part of the concession when the entire deduction claimed could not be regarded as being derived from export; S. 80HHC had to be amended several times since the formula had resulted in a distorted figure of export profits where receipts such as interest, rent, commission and brokerage which did not have a direct nexus with export turnover were included in the profit and loss account and resultantly became a subject of deduction; by the amendment, the position that emerged was that receipts which did not have any element of or nexus with export turnover would not become eligible for deduction merely because they formed part of the profit and loss account; this aspect of the history underlying S. 80HHC, had been elaborated upon in the judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT v. Lakshmi Machine Works, 290 ITR 667.

3.7 The Court further noted that; the Explanation (baa) had to be read in the context of the background underlying the exclusion of certain constituent elements of the profit and loss account from the eligibility for deduction; what Explanation (baa) postulated was that, in computing the profits of business for S. 80HHC, the profits of business had to be first computed under the head profits and gains of business or profession, in accordance with S. 28 to S. 44D; once that exercise was complete, those profits had to be reduced to the extent provided by clauses (1) and (2) of Explanation (baa); that such receipts by way of brokerage, commission, interest, rent, charges or other receipts of a similar nature, though included in the profits and gains of business or profession, did not bear a nexus with the export turnover and consequently, though included in the computation of profits and gains of business or profession, ninety percent of such receipts had to be excluded in computing the profits of business for S. 80HHC; the reason for the exclusion was borne out by the Circular issued by the CBDT on 19-12-1991 which noted that the formula then existing often presented a distorted figure of export profits when receipts like interest, commission, etc. which did not have an element of turnover were included in the profit and loss account; the Court was required to give a meaning to the provision consistent with the underlying scheme, object and purpose of the statutory provision; the Parliament considered it appropriate to exclude from the purview of the deduction u/s.80HHC, certain receipts or income which did not have a proximate nexus with export turnover though such items formed part of the profit and loss account and form a constituent element in the computation of the profits or gains of business or profession u/s.28 to u/s.44D. The interpretation which Court placed on the provisions of S. 80HHC and on Explanation (baa) must be consistent with the law laid down by the Supreme Court in the cases of CIT v. K. Ravindranathan Nair, 295 ITR 228 295 ITR 228 where the Supreme Court held that processing charges, though a part of gross total income constituted an item of independent income like rent, commission and brokerage and consequently, ninety percent of the processing charges had to be reduced from gross total income to arrive at business profits, and Lakshmi Machine Works (supra) where the issue before the Supreme Court was whether excise duty and sales tax were included in the total turnover for the purpose of working out the formula contained in S. 80HHC(3) and the Supreme Court held that the object of the Legislature in enacting S. 80HHC was to confer benefit on profits accruing with reference to export turnover and the Supreme Court in that case had observed that ‘commission, rent, interest, etc. did not involve any turnover’ and ‘therefore, ninety percent of such commission, interest, etc. was excluded from the profits derived from?the?export,’?just?as?interest, commission, etc. did not emanate from export turnover, so also excise duty and sales tax had to be excluded.

3.8 The Court explained the resultant position in law as that while prescribing the exclusion of the specified receipts the Parliament was, however, conscious of the fact that the expenditure incurred in earning the items which were liable to be excluded had already gone into the computation of business profits as the computation of business profits under Chapter IV is made by amalgamating the receipts as well as the expenditure incurred in carrying on the business; since the expenditure incurred in earning the income by way of interest, brokerage, commission, rent, charges or other similar receipts had also gone into the computation of business profits, the Parliament thought it fit to exclude only ninety percent of the receipts received by the assessee in order to ensure that the expenditure which was incurred by the assessee in earning the receipts which had gone into the computation of the business profits is taken care of; the reason why the Parliament confined the reduction factor to ninety percent of the receipts was stated in the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill of 1991; the Parliament, therefore, confined the reduction to the extent of ninety percent of the income earned through such receipts since it was cognizant of the fact that the assessee would have incurred some expenditure in earning those incomes and therefore it provided an ad hoc deduction of ten percent from such incomes to account for the expenses incurred in earning the receipts; the distortion of the profits that would take place by excluding the receipts received by the assessee which were unrelated to export turnover and not the expenditure incurred by the assessee in earning those receipts was factored in by the Parliament by excluding only ninety percent of the receipts received by the assessee; the Parliament thought it fit to adopt a uniform formula envisaging a reduc-tion of ninety percent to make due allowance for the expenditure which would have been incurred by the assessee in earning the receipts, though in a given case it might be more or less as it was considered to be reasonable parameter of what would have been expended by the assessee; in order to simplify the application of the law, the Parliament treated a uniform expenditure computed at ten percent to be applicable in order to ensure that there is no distortion of profits by exclusion of income not relatable to export profits.

3.9 In view of the objective of the Parliament behind the introduction of the Explanation (baa) and its desire to provide uniformity of the treatment and the fact that the deduction of S. 80HHC was related to export turnover, the Bombay High Court held that the ratio and the findings of the Supreme Court in the case of the Distributors (Baroda) P. Ltd. v. Union of India, 155 ITR 120 were not relevant in the context of the issue under consideration by the Court; it was in order to obviate a distortion that the Parliament mandated that ninety percent of the receipts would be excluded; consequently, while the principle which had been laid down by the Supreme Court in Distributors (Baroda)’s case must illuminate the interpretation of the words ‘included in such profits’, the Court could not, at the same time, be unmindful of the reduction which was postulated by Explanation (baa), the extent of the reduction and the rationale for effecting the reduction.

3.10 The Bombay High Court noted with approval the decisions of the High Courts in the cases of K. S. Subbiah Pillai & Co. (India) Pvt. Ltd. v. CIT, CIT v. V. Chinnapandi, Rani Paliwal v. CIT and CIT v. Liberty Footwears. In view of number of reasons advanced and after a careful consideration the Bombay High Court was not inclined to follow the judgment of the Division Bench of the Delhi High Court in CIT v. Shri Ram Honda Power Equipments as the simi-larity between the provisions of S. 80HHC and S. 80M which was relied upon in the judgment of the Delhi High Court missed the comprehensive position as it obtained u/s.80HHC.Such similarity of the provisions should not result into an assumption that the provisions were identical, when they were not as the Parliament had adopted a fair and reasonable statutory basis of what may be regarded as expenditure incurred for the earning of the receipts. Once the Parliament had legislated both in regard to the nature of the exclusion and the extent of the exclusion, it would not be open to the Court to order otherwise by rewriting the legislative provision. The Court observed with respect that the Delhi High Court had not adequately emphasised the entire rationale for confining the deduction only to the extent of ninety percent of the excludible receipts.

3.11 The displeasure of the Bombay High Court with the decision of the Special Bench in Lalsons Enterprises’s case, can best be explained in the Court’s own words “We are affirmatively of the view that in its discussion on the issue of netting, the Tribunal in its Special Bench decision in Lalsons has transgressed the limitations on the exercise of judicial power. The Tribunal has in effect, legislated by providing a deduction on the ground of expenses other than in the terms which have been allowed by the Parliament. That is impermissible. In the present case, it is necessary to emphasise that the question before the Court relates to the deduction u/s.80HHC. An assessee may well be entitled to a deduction in respect of the expenditure laid out wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business in the computation of the profits and gains of business or profession. However, for the purposes of computing the deduction u/s.80HHC, the provisions which have been enacted by the Parliament would have to be complied. A deduction in excess of what is mandated by the Parliament cannot be allowed on the theory that it is an incentive provision intended to encourage export. The extent of the deduction and the conditions subject to which the deduction should be granted, are matters for the Parliament to legislate upon. The Parliament having legislated, it would not be open to the Court to deviate from the provisions which have been enacted in S. 80HHC.”

3.13 The Bombay High Court allowed the appeal of the Revenue by holding that the Tribunal was not justified in coming to the conclusion that the net interest on fixed deposits in the bank received by the assessee should be considered for the purposes of working out the deduction u/s.80HHC and not the gross interest.

4.Observations:

4.1 The issue has been clearly identified and argued and is further highlighted by sharply contrasting views of the High Courts on the subject. The Apex Court alone can bring finality to this fiercely contested issue.

4.2 As we understand from the reading of the Bombay High Court decision, the case of an exporter for netting of interest, etc. having nexus with the export activity is fortified. It is in cases where such receipts have no nexus with the export activity that a shadow of serious doubt has been cast by the recent decision of the Bombay High Court.

4.3 In bringing a finality to the issue, in addition to the issues which are very succinctly brought to the notice of the Courts by the contesting parties, the following aspects will have to be conclusively adjudicated upon;

4.3.1 While in a good number of cases, it maybe true that the ends of the justice will be met by allowing a deduction of 10% of the income, such a benchmark will be found to be woefully inad-equate in cases where the activity is conducted in an orderly manner, as a business. For example, a broker or a commission agent paying a sizeable amount to a sub-broker or sub-agent or lender of funds advancing loans out of borrowed funds bearing interest. In the examples given, the expenditure surely would exceed the benchmark of 10% of income. The allowance of 10% of income, in such cases, cannot be considered to be reasonable by any standard. In such cases, at least, it will be fair to read that the receipt in question is the net receipt, more so as in the cases of person who had accounted only net receipt in the books.

4.3.2 The allowance of any direct expenditure may have always been presumed and it is for avoiding any controversy in relation to an indirect expenditure that the 10% allowance is granted by the Legislature.

4.3.3 The direct expenditure, if not allowed, will give absurd results inasmuch as the same has the effect of depressing the export profit, otherwise eligible for deduction. If such receipts were to be taken out of the business profits on the footing that they had no connection with the business profits or turnover, it would only be reasonable to hold that expenditure having nexus with such receipts should also be taken out of the business profits on the same footing.

4.3.4 The result surely will be different in case where the assesssee is found to have maintained separate books of account or where the accounting is net of direct cost.

4.3.5 The result will also be different in cases where the assessee on his own had treated the receipt as also the income under a separate head of income.

4.3.6 It is an accepted principle of interpretation that the law has to be read in the context in which has placed. RBI v. Peerless General Finance Investment Co. Ltd., 61 Comp Case 663. The Delhi High Court clarified that it was inclined to adopt this contextual approach further enunciated by the Madras High Court in CIT v. P. Manonmani, 245 ITR 48 (Mad.) (FB). The context in which the word ‘receipt’ is used in Expln. (baa) may mean such receipts as reduced by the expenditure laid out for earning such income. The possible way to reconcile this is as was done by the Delhi High Court by reading the expression ‘receipts by way of brokerage, commission, interest….’ as referring to the nature of receipt, which in the context of S. 80HHC connotes ‘income’.

4.3.7 Paragraph 32.10 of Circular No. 681, dated 19-12- 1991 reads as under: “The existing formula often gives a distorted figure of export profits when receipts like interest, commission, etc., which do not have element of turnover are included in the P&L Account. It has, therefore, been clarified that ‘profits of the business’ for the purpose of S. 80HHC will not include receipts by way of brokerage, commission, interest, rent, charges or any other receipt of a similar nature. As some expenditure might be incurred in earning these incomes, which in the generality of cases is part of common expenses, ad hoc 10% deduction from such incomes is provided to account for these expenses.”

4.3.8 Circular No. 621 explained the provisions of the amendment and in so explaining has favoured netting, as has been highlighted by the Delhi High Court. If that is so, the full effect, though benefi-cial, shall be given to such interpretation advanced by the Circular of the CBDT in preference to the Notes and the Memorandum. Full effect may be given to the above-referred CBDT Circular which acknowledges that ‘receipts by way of brokerage, commission, interest’, etc., are ‘incomes’ and in order to give effect to this expression, the principle of netting will have to be applied.

4.3.9 Due weightage will have to be given to the true meaning of the words ‘included in such profits’ which precede the words ‘receipts by way of brokerage, commission and interest’.

4.3.10 The ratio of the decision of the Constitutional Bench of the Supreme Court in the case of Distributors (Baroda) (P) Ltd., though considered by the Courts, will have to be revisited in order to conclusively appreciate the meaning of the words and the expressions ‘receipts by way of’ ‘included in such profits,’ ‘such profits’ and ‘computed in accordance with the provisions of the Act’.

4.3.11 The three different expressions, namely, ‘any sums’, ‘receipts’ and ‘profits’, used by the Parliament will have to be reconciled.

4.4 This controversy has plagued a good number of cases and it will be in the fitness of the things that the Government adopts a reconciliatory approach and issues a dispensation or a directive for addressing the issue that does not clog the wheels of justice.

Business Combinations

ICAI’s announcement on accounting for derivatives – Practical issues and challenges

Accounting Standards

Application of AS-30, Financial Instruments: Recognition and
Measurement is recommendatory from 1-4-2009 and mandatory from 1-4-2011.
However, in the meanwhile various regulatory authorities were concerned about
the manner in which derivative losses were being accounted for. To ensure that
losses on account of exposure to derivatives are duly provided in financial
statements, the ICAI has recently issued an Announcement on accounting of
derivatives. The Announcement is applicable to all derivatives except for
forward exchange contracts covered under AS-11, The Effects of Changes in
Foreign Exchange Rates. The Announcement applies to financial statements for the
period ending on or after 31 March, 2008. The Announcement prescribes following
accounting guidance for derivatives :


• Entities should do accounting for all derivatives in
accordance with AS-30. In case AS-30 is followed by the entity, a disclosure
of the amounts recognised in the financial statements should be made.

• In case an entity does not follow AS-30, the entity
should mark-to-market all the outstanding derivative contracts on the balance
sheet date. The resulting mark-to-market losses should be provided for keeping
in view the principle of prudence as enunciated in AS-1, Disclosure of
Accounting Policies.

• The entity should disclose the policy followed with
regard to accounting for derivatives in its financial statements.

• In case AS-30 is not followed, the losses provided for
should be separately disclosed by the entity.

• In case of derivatives covered under AS-11, that standard
would apply.

• The auditors should consider making appropriate
disclosures in their reports if the aforesaid accounting treatment and
disclosures are not made.

The objective of ICAI in providing clarification on
accounting for derivative is to ensure that financial statements reflect a true
and fair picture of the financial position. The Announcement comes at the fag
end of the financial year and leaves very little time for corporates to
implement it. Derivative deals are complex and companies will require time to
ensure proper fair valuation of such contracts.

Accounting Standards are required to be notified under the
Companies (Accounting Standard) Rules, 2006. In the absence of the Announcement
being notified under the Act, the question of its legal validity arises.
Companies may argue that they are not bound to comply with accounting treatment
prescribed in the Announcements. However, auditors are required to qualify the
accounts, if an ICAI Announcement is not followed. Companies wanting to avoid a
qualification from the auditor are indirectly forced to comply. The Announcement
therefore creates a surrogate rather than a legal requirement for companies to
follow. The author believes that due process of law has been by-passed.

The Announcement prescribes that accounting for derivatives
can be done in accordance with AS-30. Should AS-30 be early adopted in its
entirety or is the early adoption limited to accounting principles relating to
derivatives and hedge accounting ? AS-30 is not yet notified in the Companies
(Accounting Standard) Rules, 2006. If AS-30 has to be adopted in its entirety,
it will conflict with some existing accounting standards notified in the
Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006, such as accounting for investments
under AS-13 and accounting for forward contracts under AS-11. On the other hand,
AS-30 cannot be applied selectively for derivative and hedges, since it
contradicts the requirement of the Indian GAAP framework which prohibits
selective application of standards. This dichotomy is insoluble.

The Announcement is based on the framework of ‘Prudence’. If
prudence is all that it takes to make financial statements true and fair, then
it begs the question, why does one need any other accounting standards ? AS-30
requires recognition of unrealised gains on derivatives as well. So also, under
AS-11, speculative contracts are marked to market and both gains and losses are
recognised. Therefore as can be seen ‘Prudence’ has been overtaken by the
framework of ‘fair valuation’. If fair value is the framework that is the
cornerstone of future accounting standards, it is illogical to issue an
Announcement based on the concept of ‘Prudence’.

The Announcement is not applicable to forward exchange
contracts covered under AS-11. To determine whether a particular derivative
contract is covered under scope of AS-11 or the announcement, it is crucial to
decide whether such derivative contract is in substance a forward exchange
contract. AS-11 defines forward exchange contract as ‘an agreement to exchange
different currencies at a forward rate’. Forward rate is defined as ‘the
specified exchange rate for exchange of two currencies at a forward rate’.
Paragraph 36 of AS-11 also states “An enterprise may enter into a forward
exchange contract or another financial instrument that is in substance a forward
contract, which is not intended for trading or speculation purposes, to
establish the amount of the reporting currency required or available at the
settlement date of a transaction”. Considering the definition of forward
contracts, it would be easy to conclude in case of derivative instruments like
plain vanilla USD-INR forward contract undertaken to hedge USD receivable is
covered under AS-11. However, whether a purchase option, written option or
option with exotic features such as knock-in-knock-out, range options, etc.
would be within the scope of AS-11 is a question mark.

The Announcement states “In case an entity does not follow
AS-30, keeping in view the principle of prudence as enunciated in AS-1 the
entity is required to provide for losses in respect of all outstanding
derivative contracts at the balance sheet date by marking them to market”. There
is no guidance given in the Announcement regarding how such losses should be
computed. Theoretically, following options are possible : (a) losses can be
computed on each contract basis (b) losses can be computed based on portfolio
basis — net loss is determined for each category of derivatives such as option
contracts or commodity contracts (c) losses can be computed on global-company
basis — net loss on entire portfolio of derivatives taken together. Guidance is
also needed on whether losses should be calculated considering fair value
changes in the derivatives only or whether offsetting gain on the hedged item
can be considered for determining net losses.

The Announcement does not clarify whether losses on embedded derivatives need to be provided or not. A corporate may incorporate a stand-alone derivative in another host contract and try to avoid recognition of losses on the derivatives.

The Announcement requires provision for mark-to-market losses. Many of the derivative instruments are proprietary products of banks, which do not have any ready market. Therefore such derivatives are rather marked to a model, which is usually bank-specific, rather than marked-to-market. Fair valuation of derivatives, particularly long-term derivatives, is likely to be highly subjective, since it would involve considerable extrapolation. In many  cases such long-term judgments do not match with the actual situation that emerges later. Hence fair valuation of illiquid instruments tends to be very unreliable. In a survey done by Ernst & Young, it was found that stock option expense as a percentage of reported results could vary as much as 40% to 155% by just tinkering with the assumptions, but within the boundaries of the Standard.

The whole issue of whether these contracts are wagering contracts is something that will be eventually settled in the court of law. It is probably too early to say if the liability will eventually devolve on the corp orates or on the bank. Neither does the Announcement cover these uncertainties, nor does it clearly state if what is being dealt with are only foreign exchange derivatives or all types of derivatives.

From the above it is evident that there are various complex issues in the implementation of the Announcement, which ICAI needs to clarify. Unless clarity is provided on the above issues, various companies will follow different accounting policies to compute losses on derivative contracts. This will hamper comparability and result in subjectivity and inconsistency in accounting for derivatives. The ICAI should defer the applicability of the Announcement till the time clarity on the above-mentioned issues is provided to the Industry. In the meanwhile, the requirement should be restricted to disclosure of derivative losses only. ICAI may also consider advancing the 2011 mandatory date for AS-30 to 2009.

Substantive Analytical Procedures: Relevance and Efficacy in an Audit

During the course of an audit of financial statements, an auditor is required to obtain sufficient and appropriate audit evidence to ensure that the financial statements are not materially misstated. The procedures adopted for this purpose are enquiry, observation, testing and re-performance. The procedures around testing involve testing of controls as well as test of details. The test of details may comprise of substantive testing or use of substantive analytical procedures (SAPs) or a combination of both.

SAP procedures consist of evaluating financial information through analysis of plausible relationships among both financial and non-financial data. It also consists of investigation of identified fluctuations or relationships that are inconsistent with other relevant information or that differ from expected values by a significant amount. The basic presumption behind the use of SAP by an auditor is that correlation between data can be expected to exist in the absence of any condition either financial or non-financial disturbing such relationship. However it is to be noted that while performing any form of SAP, prior knowledge of the industry in which the entity operates is very crucial along with the understanding the efficiencies and limitations that are harbored in adapting such procedures. SAP are subject to auditor judgment including evaluation of the data to be used and understanding the conclusions reached.

SAP may be performed using various methods like statistical techniques and Computer Assisted Audit Techniques (“CAAT’s”). They can be performed at financial caption level or at a disaggregated detailed level of information. The auditor may choose to apply SAP on financial statements as a whole or on any specific component of the financial statements. The decision about which audit procedures to perform, including whether to use SAP, is based on the auditor’s experience about the expected effectiveness and efficiency of the available audit procedures to reduce audit risk at the assertion level to an acceptably lower level.

SAP are generally used by the auditor at the following stages of audit:

  •     Risk assessment procedures (termed as planning SAP) which assist the auditor in identifying and assessing the risks of material misstatement thus allowing them to provide a basis for designing and implementing the audit procedures. For instance – revenue trend analysis, gross margin analysis, effective tax rate reconciliation, etc.

  •     Substantive procedures (termed as SAP) to obtain corroborative audit evidence about relevant assertions and the risks attached to such assertions. For instance, payroll logic test, interest costs as a percentage of borrowings, etc.

  •     Final analytical procedures – to perform an overall review of the financial statements (termed as final SAP) to aid the auditor while forming an overall conclusion as to whether the financial statements are consistent with the auditor’s understanding of the entity and its business.

Suitability of a particular analytical procedure for a given assertion:

SAP are generally more applicable to large volumes of transactions that tend to be predictable over time. However, the suitability of a particular analytical procedure will depend upon the auditor’s assessment of how effective it will be in detecting a misstatement that, individually or when aggregated with other misstatements, may cause the financial statements to be materially misstated. Different types of SAP provide different levels of assurance.

For example building up an expectation of payroll cost (as demonstrated in the case study discussed later) can provide persuasive evidence and may eliminate the need for further verification by means of tests of details, provided the information used and the elements of the payroll cost is appropriately tested.

On the other hand, calculation and comparison of effective tax rate to profit before tax can be deemed as a means of confirming the completeness of tax provision, however this will provide less persuasive evidence, but may be reduce the detail of work that needs to be performed for other audit steps performed on the caption.

It is imperative that the auditor has adequate assurance over the efficacy of the internal controls around over financial reporting of an enterprise before he concludes to place reliance solely on analytical procedures to get comfort over any financial statement caption.

    Reliability of data

Before placing reliance on the assurance obtained from SAP the auditor needs to evaluate and confirm the data used to perform SAP. The reliability of data is influenced by its source and nature and is dependent on the circumstances under which it is obtained. Some of the parameters that may be considered by an auditor to evaluate the reliability of the data are:

    i. Source of the information available, for instance, information may be more reliable when it is obtained from independent sources outside the entity.

    ii. Comparability of the information available, for instance, information from the same industry may be more reliable than information of the entities operating in the cluster of industries.

    iii. Nature and relevance of the information available. For example, whether budgets have been established as results to be expected rather than as goals to be achieved; and

    iv. Controls over the preparation of the information that are designed to ensure its completeness, accuracy and validity. For example, controls over the preparation, review and maintenance of accounting information. The auditor may choose to test the operative effectiveness of controls over preparation of data giving him further assurance on the reliability of the data used to perform SAP.

While devising substantive analytical procedures, an auditor considers comparison of the entity’s financial information with:

  •     Comparable information of the prior period for the caption on which assurance is planned to be achieved through SAP.

  •     Anticipated results of the entity including budgets and forecasts made by the management.

  •     Expectations made by the auditor, for example – comparing actual with estimated lease rent or an estimation of depreciation.

  •     Information of the industry in which the entity operates – for instance, the comparison of the debtors’ turnover ratio of the enterprise with that of the industry to identify nuances in the entity’s operating cycle, industry growth with sales growth of the enterprise.

The auditor also considers relationships amongst the various elements of financial information to obtain assurance on the trend/variation in financial statement captions. An illustrative inventory of such relationships is as given below:

  • relationship between variation in turnover and debtors
  • variation in material cost consumption with variation in input prices, manufacturing yield, capitalization of new machinery, variation in cost of repairs of plant and machinery
  • correlation of variation in payroll costs with employee count, labor turnover

correlation between labor efficiency rates and production costs

  • variation in power and fuel consumption costs with variation in manufacturing output/power tariffs.

Let us understand SAP with the help of a practical example:

Background:

ABC India Private Limited (‘ABC’) is a service provider whose primary business is to act as customer care center for its clients. The business model involves setting up of a call center with relevant IT, telecommunication and other infrastructure facilities and hiring and training graduates with good communication skills who are required to attend to customer calls. As far as execution of services is concerned, the employee pyramid comprises of a large number of graduates, related proportion of supervisors/ team leaders and delivery heads. ABC also has a robust sales and marketing team. The company has signed agreements with various customers where its revenue is
based on an agreed charge-out rate and the number of executives requested for by the customer. the executives may be assigned on a 24×7 basis or otherwise depending on     the    customer     requirements.    The    major    expenses     for ABC comprise of payroll cost.  

Application of SAP on Payroll Cost


the auditor may use SaP to obtain evidence surrounding ‘C’ of salary costs. to start with the auditor would need to build up an expectation for the payroll cost. he may do so by using the average salary earned per employee and the average number of employees which were employed by the company during the year. he also needs to determine the amount of variance from the expectation so worked out with the actual cost which can be accepted without further investigation.     This     amount     is influenced by the materiality, the assurance that is desired by the auditor while performing this analytical procedure and the assessed     risk     for     the    financial    caption    assertion.    Let us assume that the auditor has set the amount of allowable difference as rs. 2 crore. he may arrive at his expectation of the salary cost as follows

Scenario 1:
The    salary    cost    of    the    company    as    per    the    draft    financials    
is rs. 32.10 crore which is different than the salary cost as arrived by the auditor in his expectation. however the difference between the expectation i.e. rs. 31.26 crore and the actual cost (rs. 32.10 crore) is rs. 84 lakh which is within the limit of allowable difference set by the auditor. In such a situation the audit may choose not to perform any further scrutiny on the difference and conclude to have obtained the desired level of assurance from this procedure that he initially set out to obtain.

Scenario 2:
The    salary    cost    of    the    company    as    per    the    draft    financials     is rs. 34.57 crore which is different than the salary cost as arrived by the auditor in his expectation. however the difference between the expectation  i.e.rs. 31.26 crore and the actual cost (rs. 34.57 crore) is rs. 3.31 crore which is greater than the allowable difference set by the auditor during the commencement of this exercise.

In such a case the auditor would investigate into the reasons for the variance arrived at by him so as to bring the variance to an acceptable level. he may also chose to do further audit procedures on this caption to get the required level of assurance.

Some reasons for variance may be:

  • Joining of senior personnel in a band with salary far higher than average

  • Large number of joiners at month end or vice versa

  • Increment during the period for certain bands of employees, including mid-term increment

  • Exceptional/discretionary bonus or other payouts, etc.

  • Revision is statutory obligations such as percentage of provident fund/superannuation contribution, minimum wages payable under labor laws, changes in retiral benefits    such    as    gratuity,    basis    of    leave    encashment

  • Revision in assumptions made for payroll liabilities which are actuarially valued such as pension, compensated benefits, gratuity, post medical retirement benefits etc.

After investigating the difference, the auditor may rebuild his expectation so as to take effect of the newly identified factors and modify his evaluation of the difference identified based on those factors.

In this case, the auditor may also be able to build up an expectation on the revenue for a reporting period for ABC as the revenue model is entirely based on the category of employees who have been assigned to customers. one could apply the agreed charge out rates on the average number of employees employed during a period and arrive at the expectation. a similar exercise of comparing and challenging the actual results against the actual results could provide insights on what further audit procedures need to be undertaken to obtain assurance on the revenue recognised during a given period.

Conclusion

Use of SAP during the planning, execution and completion stages of an audit enables an auditor to obtain sufficient and appropriate audit evidence to address the risk of material misstatement as also brings efficiencies in the audit process by way of reduced effort on substantive testing. Substantive analytical procedures provide the auditor with an overall perspective of the financial impact of significant events that have taken place in an enterprise during the reporting period. It could be said that SAP aids the auditor in setting the level of professional skepticism in terms of identifying areas where additional or detailed substantive testing may be required to be performed.

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 104 dated 17th May, 2013

28. A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 104 dated 17th May, 2013
    
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in India – Issue of equity shares under the FDI scheme allowed under the Government route against pre-operative/pre-incorporation expenses

Presently, shares can be allotted to a foreign investor under the Approval Route of the FDI Scheme against payments made by him (the foreign investor) towards pre-operative/pre-incorporation expenses (including payments of rent, etc.) only if the payment is routed through the bank account of the investee company.

This circular has modified the said condition and provides that equity shares can be allotted to a for-eign investor under the Approval Route of the FDI Scheme against payments made by him (the foreign investor) towards pre-operative/pre-incorporation expenses (including payments of rent, etc.) if the payment is routed through the bank account of the investee company or the payment is made from the bank account opened by the foreign investor as provided under FEMA Regulations. The amended paragraph is as under: –

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 103 dated 13th May, 2013

27. A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 103 dated 13th May, 2013
    
Import of Gold by Nominated Banks/Agencies

Presently, gold can be imported by the nominated banks/agencies on a consignment basis. Ownership of the gold will rest with the supplier and the nominated banks/agencies only act as agents of the supplier. Remittances towards the cost of import have to be made as and when sales take place.

This circular restricts the import of gold on consignment basis, by providing that banks can import gold on consignment basis, only to meet the genuine needs of exporters of gold jewellery.

Turnover and value of stock adopted by Sales Tax Authorities is binding on Income-tax Authorities: Addition merely on basis of statement of third parties is not proper:

20. Assessment:  A.  Y.  1998-99  to  2002-03:

Turnover and value of stock adopted by Sales Tax Authorities is binding on Income-tax Authorities: Addition merely on basis of statement of third parties is not proper:

CIT vs. Smt. Sakuntala Devi Khetan: 352 ITR 484 (Mad):

The assessee was a trader in turmeric. For the relevant assessment years the Assessing Officer made additions on the basis statement of third parties. The Tribunal directed the Assessing Officer to adopt the figures of turnover finally assessed by the Sales Tax Authorities and apply the GP rate accordingly.

On appeal by the Revenue, the following question was raised before the Madras High Court:

“Whether, on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Appellate Tribunal was right in holding that the turnover and profit of the assessee for the assessment year under consideration could not be computed in the reassessment on the basis of information received in the course of search conducted in certain cases on the sole ground that the Sales Tax Authorities have accepted the assessee’s purchases, sales and closing stock?”

The High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i)    Unless and until the competent authority under the Sales Tax Act differs or varies with the closing stock of the assessee, the return accepted by the Commercial Tax Department is binding on the Income -tax Authorities and the Assessing Officer has no power to scrutinise the return submitted by the assessee to the Commercial Tax Department and accepted by the Authorities. The Assessing Officer has no jurisdiction to go beyond the value of the closing stock declared by the assessee and accepted by the Commercial Tax Department.

ii)    The assessee had placed the sales tax returns before the Assessing Officer in respect of the A. Ys. 1998-99 to 2001-02. Therefore, sufficient materials were placed before the Assessing Officer in respect of those assessment years and accepted by the Authorities.

iii)    The Tribunal rightly found that the Department could not have made the addition merely on the basis of the statement of third parties and, consequently, set aside the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) and directed the Assessing Officer to adopt the figures of turnover finally assessed by the sales tax authorities and apply the gross profit rate accordingly.”

Contact details of Income Tax Ombudsman, at different Centres

TDS on Discount on Airline Tickets

Controversies

1. Issue for Consideration :



1.1 Airlines generally sell air tickets through travel
agents who are paid a commission on sale of such tickets which commission is
worked out on the basis of the minimum fares prescribed by the airlines. Tax
is deducted by the airlines on this commission u/s. 194H of the Act. Where the
tickets are provided to the travel agent by the airlines at a price below the
published fare, the difference, known as ‘discount’, or a part thereof is
retained by him while selling the tickets to the passengers, which is in
addition to the regular commission earned by him. No tax is deducted by the
Airlines on this amount retained by the travel agents. All airlines are
required to file a list of their standard fares with the Director General of
Commercial Aviation, which are called published fares. Usually tickets are
provided by airlines to travel agents at significant discounts to the
published fares and sold by the agents to their customers by passing over the
difference in full or part. Under IATA rules, the travel agents receive their
commission as a percentage of the published fares, in respect of which tax is
deducted at source by the airline under Section 194H.

1.2 S. 194 H defines ‘commission or brokerage’, vide
Explanation(i), as under :

” ‘Commission or brokerage’ includes any payment received
or receivable, directly or indirectly by a person acting on behalf of another
person for services rendered (not being professional services) or for any
services in the course of buying or selling of goods or in relation to any
transaction relating to any asset, valuable article or thing not being
securities.”

1.3 In recent years, tax authorities have sought to take a
stand that the discount from published fares given by airlines to travel
agents (which in turn is generally passed on by the travel agent to the
customer in full or part) amounts to an additional special commission, and
that TDS is deductible on this amount under Section 194H.

1.4 The issue has now reached Courts and the Bombay High
Court has held that such discount is not in the nature of brokerage or
commission and no tax is deductible thereon. The Delhi High Court has taken a
view that tax is deductible on such discount.


2. Qutar Airways’ case :


2.1 The issue came up before the Bombay High Court in the
case of CIT vs. Qutar Airways (Income Tax Appeal No.99 of 2009),
ITATOnline.org.

2.2 In this case, it had been claimed by the Revenue that
the difference between the published price and the minimum fixed commercial
price amounted to an additional special commission, and that TDS was therefore
deductible by the airline on this amount under Section 194H.

2.3 The Tribunal had granted relief to the airline,
following its earlier decision in the case of Korean Air vs. DCIT,
holding that TDS was not deductible in similar circumstances.

2.4 Before the Bombay High Court, the counsel for the
Revenue contended that it was not the Revenue’s case that the difference
between the principal price of the tickets (as published) and the minimum
fixed commercial price amounted to brokerage.

2.5 The Bombay High Court noted that though an appeal had
been preferred against the decision of the Tribunal in Korean Air’s case, the
appeal had been rejected by the High Court for non-removal of office
objections under rule 986. The Court noted that for Section 194 H to apply,
the income being paid out by the airline must be in the nature of commission
or brokerage, and must necessarily be ascertainable in the hands of the
recipient.

2.6 On the facts of the case before it, the Bombay High
Court noted that the airlines had no information about the exact rate at which
the tickets were ultimately sold by the agents, since the agents had been
given discretion to sell the tickets at any rate between the fixed minimum
commercial price and the published price. It was noted by the Court that it
would be impracticable and unreasonable to expect the airline to get feedback
from their numerous agents in respect of each ticket sold. The Court was of
the view that if the airlines had discretion to sell the tickets at a price
lower than the published price, then the permission granted to the agent to
sell it at a lower price could neither amount to commission or brokerage in
the hands of the agent. The Bombay High Court however clarified that any
amount which the agent earned over and above the fixed minimum commercial
price would naturally be income in his hands and would be taxable as such in
his hands.

2.7 The Bombay High Court therefore held that no TDS was
deductible under Section 194H in respect of such discount over the published
fares given by airlines to travel agents.


3. Singapore Airlines’ case :

3.1 The issue again recently came up before the Delhi High Court in the case of Singapore Airlines and 12 other airlines — CIT vs. Singapore Airlines Ltd. (ITA Nos.306/2005 and 123/2006).

3.2 In this case, a survey was conducted on the airlines. This revealed that supplementary commission was being paid to travel agents. The travel agent, after sale, would send the details every two weeks to an organisation Billing Settlement Plan (‘BSP’), which was an organisation approved by the International Air Transport Association, which would prepare an analysis of the billing and send it to each airline. In this analysis, this amount was shown as supplementary commission. The airlines either accounted for this as supplementary commission or incentives/deals. Some travel agents confirmed that such supplementary commission had not been passed on by them to customers. From April 2002, the procedure was changed and tickets were sold at the net price. The Department started proceedings against the airlines for non-deduction of TDS under Section 194H on such supplementary commission.

3.3 The Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the stand of the Department. The Tribunal however allowed the airline’s appeal, holding that the airline received only the net fare from the agent, that any surplus or deficit from such net fare was the profit or loss of the agent, and since such profit or loss was on account of his own efforts and on his own account, did not emanate from services rendered to the airline.

3.4 Before the Delhi High Court, on behalf of the Department it was argued that:

    i) the relationship between the assessee-airline and the travel agent was that of a principal and agent and not one of principal to principal.

    ii) the supplementary commission retained by the travel agent was not a discount as claimed by the assessee-airline since it was paid for services rendered by the travel agent in the course of buying and selling of tickets;

    iii) the submission of the assessee-airline that they had a dual/hybrid relationship with their agent, that is, insofar as the transaction which involved payment of standard commission was that of agency, while that which involved the retention of supplementary commission by the travel agent, that is, price obtained over and above the net fare, was a result of a principal-to-principal relationship ought to be rejected, for the reason that no evidence whatsoever was placed by the assessee-airline to establish that there was such a dual relationship between the parties. The Standard Format Agreement (as approved by lATA), that is, the Passenger Sales Agency (PSA) Agreement executed by the assessee airline was silent as regards any such dual relationship to which the assessee-airline had adverted to;

v) the main provision of Section 194-H included within its ambit payment by cash, cheque, draft or by any other mode. Thus retention of money by the travel agent was covered by the main provisions of Section 194H. It was not the case of the assessee-air line either before the Assessing Officer or the CIT(A) that the travel agent was required to only remit the net fare to the airlines, and this was not even a condition in the PSA Agreement. The net fare was actually arrived at by deducting from the gross fare, tax, standard commission and supplementary commission. While standard commission was fixed by lATA the supplementary commission was variable, as it was dependent on the policies of the airline vis-a-vis their agents. If net fare was the basis for the entire transaction, then there was no necessity of intervention of BSP to carry out a billing analysis, as then the amount payable by the travel agent to the assessee-airline could easily be calculated by taking into account the product of the number of tickets sold and the net fare; and

vi)     the amount of supplementary commission which had to be paid on each transaction was embedded in the deal code which was known only to the three concerned parties, that is, the assessee-airline, the travel agent and BSP.Since the assessee-airline was the person responsible for payment of supplementary commission to the travel agent, the tax could have been deducted as and when the billing analysis statement was handed over by the BSP to the airline. It was thus contended that the supplemen-tary commission fell within the ambit of the explanation to Section 194H.

3.5 On behalf of the assessee-airlines, it was argued before the Delhi High Court that:

    i) supplementary commission was only a nomenclature which finds mention in the billing analysis statement of BSP.The said supplementary commission denotes a notional figure which is the difference between the published fare less standard IATAcommission (9% or 7%). The net fare is the amount received by the assessee from its travel agents. In other words, the

supplementary commission is not a commission within the meaning of Section 194H;

    ii) supplementary commission can only be brought within the ambit of Section 194H, if it fulfils the following criteria as prescribed under the said provision-

    a. the sum received must be in the nature of income,

    b. such income must denote any payment received or receivable directly or indirectly by the payee from the payer, that is, the assessee, and

    c. the recipient should be a person acting on behalf of that another person, and that, the sum received or receivable whether directly or indirectly should be for services rendered in the course of buying and selling of goods, that is, tickets in the present case.

    iii) the Department had not been able to produce any evidence to show that the difference between the published fare and the net fare (i.e., the fare the assessee received from the travel agents) was realised by the travel agents. The difference as reduced by standard commission and taxes which is referred to as supplementary commission is only a notional figure and this cannot be termed as a commission within the meaning of Section 194H. What the assessee is entitled to receive is only the net fare. There is no right in the assessee-airline to receive the published fare from the travel agent on sale of tickets;

    iv) the notional figure of supplementary commission as appearing in the billing analysis statement of the BSP is neither income nor can it be construed as payment received or receivable, directly or indirectly by the travel agents in its capacity as the agent of the assessee-airline for any services rendered to the assessee-airline. The billing analysis statement of BSP is not a statement of account as contended by the Revenue;

    v) since there was no evidence to suggest that the difference between published fare and the net fare was actually received by the travel agent, there was no obligation on the part of the assessee-airline to deduct tax at source on such notional commission which had not been realised;

    vi) in these circumstances the provisions of Section 194H were unworkable;

    vii) the travel agents had paid tax on the said supplementary commission and hence the Revenue was precluded from raising demands on the assessee-airline.

3.6 Analysing the provisions of Section 194H, the Delhi High Court noted that the provisions of Section 194H would be attracted only if:

    i) there is a principal-agent relationship between the assessee-airline and the travel agent;

    ii) the payments made by assessee-airline to the travel agent, who is a resident is an income by way of commission;

    iii) the income by way of commission should be paid by the assessee-airline to the travel agent for services rendered by the travel agent or for any services in the course of buying or selling of goods;
 
    iv) the income by way of commission may be received or be receivable by the travel agent from the assessee-airline either directly or indirectly; and

    v) lastly, the point in time at ‘which obligation to deduct tax at source of the assessee-airline will arise only when credit of such income by way of commission is made to the account of the travel agent or when payment of income by way of commission is made by way of cash, cheque or draft or by any other mode, whichever is earlier.

3.7 Analysing the terms of the PSA agreement and the manner in which the airlines and travel agents functioned, the Delhi High Court concluded that:

    i) the travel agent acted on behalf of the airline to establish a legal relationship between an airline and a passenger, and was therefore an agent of the airline, which was his principal;

    ii) since it was undisputed that the amount received and retained by the travel agent over and above the net fare would be assessable to tax in his hands as his income, and tax had actually been paid by agents on such income, supplementary commission was ‘income’ within the meaning of Section 194H;

    iii) the supplementary commission is not a discount, on account of the fact that the payment retained by the travel agent is inextricably linked to the sale of the traffic document/ air ticket, and the travel agent does not obtain proprietary rights to the traffic documents/air tickets;

    iv) there are no two transactions, for one of which commission is paid to the agent, and the second of which is between principal to principal, but just one transaction of sale of tickets on behalf of the airline to the passenger;

    v) the amount received by the travel agent over and above the net fare is known to the airline when it receives the billing analysis made by BSP.

The Delhi High Court therefore held that the amount received and retained by the travel agent over and above the net fare was in the nature of commission, liable to deduction of TDS under Section 194H.

4. Observations:
4.1 The conclusions of the Delhi High Court are weighed by one of the facts that the travel agent is an agent of the airline and therefore all and any receipt by him represents commission in his hands, including the difference between the published fare and the net fare.

4.2 The difference between the published fare and the net fare really consists of two components – one component is that of commission as a pre-agreed percentage of the published fare, which is undoubtedly commission covered by the provisions of Section 194H. The other component is the amount not realised by the agent from the client, and therefore not paid to the airline.

4.3 To illustrate, take a situation where the published fare is Rs.50,OOO, the agent’s commission is 7% (Rs.3,500), and the agent sells the ticket to the passenger for Rs.27,500. The agent would collect Rs.27,500 from the passenger and pay Rs.24,OOO to the airline as net fare (ignoring tax), after deducting his commission of Rs.3,500. In this case, the difference between the published fare and the net fare is Rs.26,OOO, consisting of the agent’s commission of Rs.3,500 and the discount passed on to the client of Rs.22,500. This amount of Rs.22,500 is really a discount given by the airline to the passenger through its agent, the travel agent. The travel agent is therefore holding such discount of Rs.22,500 in trust for the passenger, to whom the airline has permitted him to grant such discount.

4.4 With respect to the concerned parties, it was not impressed upon the Delhi High Court that the difference between the published fare and the net fare, in fact was a discount given to the passenger by the airline through the agent and it was the airline alone, ‘which undoubtedly had proprietary rights in the tickets, till such time it was sold to the passengers and the benefit derived by the passenger was a benefit passed on by the airline and not by the agent who received it in trust for the passenger. If the difference is viewed as a discount given to the passenger routed through the agent, as was done by the Bombay High Court, the view taken by the Delhi High Court might have been quite different. As rightly appreciated by the Bombay High Court, the factual position is that the airline has merely granted a permission to the agent to sell the tickets at a lower price, which discount granted through the agent can certainly not be regarded as commission.

4.5 The issue, if any, arises only where in the above example, the travel agent pays to the airline, Rs. 23,000 and not Rs. 24,000 and in the process retains for himself an amount of Rs. 1000. It is this Rs. 1000, whose true nature has to be examined w.r.t. the provisions of s. 194H. This difference so retained may not be a commission within the meaning of Section 194H, unless it is brought within the ambit of Section 194H by proving that the sum received was in the nature of income received or receivable directly or indirectly by the payee from the payer, (that -, IS, the airlines.) and the recipient, (that is, travel agent,) should be a person acting on behalf of that another person, and that, the sum received or reeivable, whether directly or indirectly should be for services rendered in the course of buying and selling of goods, (that is, tickets in the present case). The difference cannot be termed as a commission within the meaning of Section 194H. What the airline is entitled to receive is only the net fare. There is no right in the assessee-airline to receive the published fare from the travel agent on sale of tickets. It cannot be construed as payment received or receivable, directly or indirectly, by the travel agents in its capacity as the agent of the airline for any services rendered to the airline.

4.6 Therefore, the view taken by the Bombay High Court that such discount is not liable to deduction of TDS u/s.194H seems to be the better view of the matter, as compared to the view taken by the Delhi High Court.

Monetary limit for filing of appeal by Income-tax Department

Controversies

1. Issue for consideration :


1.1 The Income-tax Department, aggrieved by an order of the
CIT(A), has the right to appeal u/s.253 to the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal and
to the High Court u/s.260A when aggrieved by an order of the Tribunal. An appeal
can also be filed before the Supreme Court with the permission of the Court
against the decision of the High Court. Every year a large number of appeals are
filed by the Income-tax Department, some of which are filed in a routine manner.
Prosecuting these appeals, filed as a matter of course, results in a huge annual
expenditure, at times exceeding the benefit derived from such prosecution.

1.2 Realising the leakage of substantial revenue and with the
intent to avoid litigation, the Government of India, in all its Revenue
Departments, has evolved a policy of refraining from filing an appeal before the
higher authorities, where the monetary effect of the contentious issues causing
grievance, in terms of tax, is less than the acceptable limit. This benevolent
policy of the Government prevents the Courts from being flooded with the cases.

1.3 In pursuance of this policy, the Central Board of Direct
Taxes issues instructions to the Income-tax authorities, directing them to avoid
filing of appeals, where the tax effect of an issue causing a grievance is less
than the monetary limit prescribed under such instructions. Presently,
Instruction No. 2 of 2005, dated October 24,2005, advises the authorities to
refrain from filing appeal before the Tribunal, w.e.f. 31-10-2005, in cases
where the tax effect of the disputed issues is Rs.2,00,000 or less and before
the High Court where such tax effect is Rs.4,00,000 or less and before the
Supreme Court where such tax effect is Rs.10,00,000 or less.

1.4 The said Circular of 2005 is issued in substitution of
the Instruction No. 1979, dated 27-3-2000 which provided that no appeal be
filed, by the Income-tax Dept. before the Tribunal in cases where the tax effect
of the disputed issues is Rs.1,00,000 or less and before the High Court where
such tax effect is Rs.2,00,000 or less and before the Supreme Court where such
tax effect is Rs.5,00,000 or less. The said Circular of 2000 was in substitution
of the Instruction No. 1903, dated 28-10-1992, wherein monetary limits of
Rs.25,000 before the Tribunal, Rs.50,000 for filing reference to the High Court
and Rs.1,50,000 for filing appeal to the Supreme Court were laid down. The said
instruction was in substitution of Instruction No. 1777, dated 4-11-1987.

1.5 It is common to come across cases where the monetary
limit, prescribed by the CBDT prevailing at the time of filing an appeal, has
undergone an upward revision before the time of the hearing of such appeal. In
such cases, the issue that often arises is about the applicability of the
upwardly revised limits, relying upon which the defending assessees contend that
the appeal by the Income-tax Department is not maintainable. The issue was
believed to be settled in favour of the taxpayers by a decision of the Bombay
High Court till recently when the validity of the said decision, in the context
of Instruction of 2005, has been doubted by another Bench of the same Court.

2. Pithwa Engg. Works’ case :


2.1 The issue first came up for consideration in the case of
CIT v. Pithwa Engineering Works, 276 ITR 519 (Bom). The Court examined
whether in deciding the maintainability of an appeal by the Income-tax
Department, the monetary limit of the tax effect, upwardly revised and
prevailing at the time of adjudicating an appeal, should be applied in
preference to the limit prevailing a the time of filing an appeal. In the said
case, at the time of filing the appeal before the High Court, the Instruction
then prevailing, provided for a monetary limit of Rs.50,000. However at the
time, when the appeal came up for hearing , this limit was revised to
Rs.2,00,000 vide Circular dated 27-3-2000.

2.2 The Court took note of its own decision in the case of
CIT v. Camco Colour Co.,
254 ITR 565, where-in it was held that the
instructions issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes, New Delhi, dated March
27,2000 were binding on the Income-tax Department. Under the said Instruction,
the monetary limit, for filing a reference to the High Court, earlier fixed at
Rs.50,000 was revised and fresh instructions were issued to file references only
in cases where the tax effect exceeded Rs.2,00,000.

2.3 The Court in the case before them observed that the said
instructions dated March 27, 2000 reflected the policy decision taken by the
Board, not to contest the orders where the tax effect was less than the amount
prescribed in the above Circular with a view to reduce litigation before the
High Courts and the Supreme Court. The Court did not find any force in the
contention of the Revenue that the said Circular was not applicable to the old
referred cases as such a contention was not taken to a logical end.

2.4 The Bombay High Court negatived the submission of the
Revenue that so far as new cases were concerned, the said Circular issued by the
Board was binding on them and in compliance with the said instructions, they did
not file references if the tax effect was less than Rs.2 lakh, however, the same
approach was not to be adopted with respect to the old referred cases where the
tax effect was less than Rs.2 lakh. The Court did not find any logic behind such
an approach. The Court held that the Circular of 2000 issued by the Board was
binding on the Revenue.

2.5 The Court further proceeded to observe that the Court
could very well take judicial notice of the fact that by passage of time money
value had gone down, the cost of litigation expenses had gone up; the assesses
on the file of the Department have increased; consequently the burden on the
Department had also increased to a tremendous extent; the corridors of the
superior Courts were choked with huge pendency of cases. The Court noted that in
the aforesaid background, the Board had rightly taken a decision not to file
references if the tax effect was less than Rs.2 lakh and the same policy needed
to be adopted by the Department even for the old matters.

2.6 Finally the Court held that the Board’s Circular dated
March 27, 2000 was very much applicable even to the old references which were
still undecided and the Income-tax Department was not justified in proceeding
with the old references, wherein the tax impact was minimal and further there
was no justification to proceed with decades old references having negligible
tax effect.

3. Chhajer Packaging’s case :


3.1 The issue recently came up for consideration, once again, before the same Bombay High Court in the case of CIT v. Chhajer Packaging and Plastics Pvt. Ltd., 300 ITR 180 (Born). In that case, the appeal was filed by the Income-tax Department prior to 24-10-2005, the date when Circular No.2 of 2005 was issue for an upward revision of the monetary limit from Rs.2,OO,OOO to Rs.4,OO,OOO.

3.2 The assessee company in that case, raised the preliminary objection, by relying upon Instruction/ Circular No.2 of 2005, dated October 242005 to plead that since the limit of appeal u/ s.260A of ‘the Act to be preferred was raised to Rs.4 lakh and as the tax effect in its case did not exceed Rs.4 lakh, the Department ought not to have pursued its appeal.

3.3 The above-stated submission of the company was opposed by the Revenue, by contending that the present appeal was filed by the Department in August, 2004, while instruction was issued only on October 24, 2005, which was prospective in nature and therefore, the appeal by the Income-tax Department did not fall within the ambit of the instruction dated October 24, 2005.

3.4 The assessee company in its turn relined upon – the judgment of the Division Bench of the High Court at Bombay, in CIT v. Pithwa Engg. Works, 276 ITR 519, wherein the Court dealt with a similar Circular dated March 27,2000, wherein financial limit for preferring appeals u/ s.260A of the Act before the High Court, was raised to Rs.2 lakh. Reliance was placed on the following observations in the penultimate paragraph (page 521) ; ” In our view, the Board’s Circular dated March 27, 2000, is very much applicable even to the old references which are still undecided” to claim that the Circular was applicable to the appeals which were still pending.

3.5 The  Bombay High Court at the  outset observed that the views of the Court in  Pithwa Engineering’s case  pertained to Circular dated March 27, 2000. Thereafter the Court referred to Instruction  No. 2/2005,  dated  October 24, 2005, paragraph 2 “In partial modification of the above  instruction, it has now been decided by the Board that appeals will henceforth be filed only in cases where the tax effect exceeds  the revised  monetary limits given  hereunder”.

3.6 Taking  into consideration the portion underlined for the purpose of emphasis, the Court held that the Revenue was justified in contending that the Circular was applicable only prospectively and that it made no reference to pending matters. On the basis of the text and considering the applicability of the Circular dated October 24, 2005, the Court declined to follow the view taken by the Court in Pithwa Engineering’ case regarding the earlier circular.

4. Observations:

4.1 The available  statistics  reveal that the number of appeals  filed by the Income-tax  Department  far outnumber  the appeals  filed by the taxpayers.  This simple statistics convey an important  and alarming fact when read with the fact that ninety  per cent of these  appeals  are decided  against  the Income-tax Department.  The emerging  conclusion  is that most of these appeals  are filed as a matter  of course,  in a routine  manner  without  application  of mind as to the viability, efficacy and the cost involved  in prosecuting these appeals. The Government  today, is the biggest litigant.

4.2  The aforesaid  facts when examined  in the light of another  equally  disturbing  fact that  the Courts today  are flooded  with the number  of cases, which if disposed  of at the present  pace,  will be adjudicated  after a scaringly long  period.

4.3  It is realisation    of these  facts and of the enormous  costs involved    therein that  the Government of India  evolved a benevolent policy  of refraining from pursuing appeals where the  tax  effect in monetary terms  was negligible. It also decided to review the prescribed monetary limits from time to time, keeping in mind the  inflation factor. This avowed  policy has been religiously  followed  by the Government  by revising  the said limits periodically.

4.4  It is this policy background   that  was  kept  in mind  by the Bombay High Court  while deciding  in Pithwa  Engineering’s   case that  the  revised  monetary limits should  be applied  at the time of adjudicating  the appeals.  This was done to promote  the said avowed  policy of avoiding  litigation  and promote the breathing  space in the corridors  of Court and was not done to defeat  the power  of an executive to provide  guidelines  for administration   of the law that it is vested  with.  This angle  of the Court, if appreciated,  will enable  the Income-tax  Department to welcome  the said decision  with open arms.

4.5 Unfortunately, in Chaajer Packaging’s case the aspects narrated in the above paragraph were not pressed as is apparent from the reading thereof or the Court was not impressed by the same, if they were brought to the attention of the Court. We are sure that had the avowed policy of the Government and the logic of the Court in Pithwa Engineering’s case been brought to the notice of the Court, the decision in Chhajer Packaging’s case could have been different.

4.6 The Bombay High Court even in Carrico Colour Co.’s case, 254 ITR 565 (Born.), much before the Pithwa Engineering’s case had applied the Circular of 2000 in deciding a reference on 26-11-2001 which was filed in 2000 and pertained to A.y. 1990-91.

4.7 With utmost respect to the Court, attention is invited to Paragraph 7 of the said instruction of 2000 which reads as ‘ This instruction will come into effect from 1st April, 2000.’ The said Circular dated 27-3-2000 was specifically made effective from a later date i.e., 1st April, 2000 and was otherwise prospective. In spite of the said Circular being specified to be prospective in its nature, the Court in Pithwa Engineering’s case had held the same to be retrospective. This fact takes away the logic supplied in Chhajer Packaging’s case wherein relying on the use of the term ‘henceforth’ in paragraph 2 of the instructions of 2005, it was held that the said instructions of 2005 were not prospective.

4.8 The Bombay High Court in our opinion should have followed its own decision in Pithwa Engineering’s case as per the law of precedent, as the facts were the same in both the cases. In case of a disagreement, the later case should have been referred to the full Bench. The said decision needs a reconsideration.

Whether Reassement u/s.147 is Permissible on a Mere ‘Change of Opinion’

Closements

Introduction :


1.1 S. 147 authorises and permits the Assessing Officer (AO)
to assess or re-assess the income chargeable to tax, if he has reason to believe
that income for relevant years has escaped assessment. This is popularly known
as power of reassessment.

1.2 Provisions of S. 147 have been substituted by the Direct
Tax Laws (Amendment) Act, 1987 with effect from 1-4-1989 (New Provisions).
Primarily, the New Provisions confer jurisdiction to reopen the reassessment,
when the AO, for whatever reason, has ‘reason to believe’ that the income has
escaped assessment.

1.2.1 Under the New Provisions, the above-referred power of
reassessment cannot be exercised after the end of four years from the end of the
relevant assessment year in cases where the original assessment is made
u/s.143(3) or S. 147, unless in such cases, the income chargeable to tax
has escaped assessment for such assessment year by reason of failure of the
assessee to make return u/s.139 or in response to notice u/s.142(1)/148 or by
reason of failure of the assessee to disclose fully and truly all material facts
necessary for such assessment (‘failure to disclose material facts’). In this
write-up we are not concerned with this provision.

1.3 Prior to substitution of the provisions of S. 147 w.e.f.
1-4-1989 as aforesaid (i.e., New Provisions), S. 147 providing for
reassessment was divided into two separate clauses [(a) and (b)], which laid
down the circumstances under which income escaping assessment for the past
assessment years could be assessed or re-assessed (Old Provisions). Under the
Old Provisions, clause (a) empowered the AO to initiate proceedings for
re-assessment in cases where he has ‘reason to believe’ that by reason of the
omission or failure of the assessee to make return u/s.139 or by reason of the
‘failure to disclose the material facts’, the income chargeable to tax has
escaped assessment. Under clause (b) of the Old Provisions, the AO was empowered
to initiate reassessment proceedings if, in consequence of information in his
possession, he has ‘reason to believe’ that income chargeable to tax has escaped
assessment, even if there is no omission or failure on the part of the assessee
as mentioned in clause (a).

1.4 From the comparison of the Old Provisions with the New
Provisions relating to re-assessment, it would appear that to confer
jurisdiction under clause (a) of the Old Provisions, it would appear that two
conditions were required to be satisfied, namely, (i) the AO must have ‘reason
to believe’ that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment, and (ii) such
escapement has occurred by reason of ‘failure to disclose material facts’, etc.
on the part of the assessee. On the other hand, under the New Provisions, the
existence of only first condition (i.e., ‘reason to believe’) is
sufficient to confer the jurisdiction on the AO to initiate the reassessment
proceedings (except, of course, in cases covered by the circumstances mentioned
in Para 1.2.1 above).

1.5 Various issues are under debate with regard to powers of
the AO to make reassessment under the New Provisions. In large number of cases,
reassessment proceedings are being initiated merely on account of ‘change of
opinion’ on the issues decided at the time of original assessment. In such
cases, the issue has come up before the Courts in the past as to whether, under
the New Provisions, the AO is empowered to initiate reassessment proceedings on
a mere ‘change of opinion’. By and large, the Courts have taken a view that
reassessment proceedings cannot be initiated on a mere ‘change of opinion’.
However, the issue still survives and in practice, such re-assessment
proceedings are being initiated on a mere ‘change of opinion’ by giving one
reason or the other.

1.6 Recently, the issue referred to in Para 1.5 above came up
for consideration before the Apex Court in the case of Kelvinator of India Ltd.
and the same is finally resolved by the Apex Court. Considering the importance
of the issue in day-to-day practice, it is thought fit to consider the said
judgment in this column.


CIT v. Kelvinator of India Ltd., 256 ITR 1
(Del.) — Full Bench :


2.1 In the above case, the issue referred in Para 1.5 above
was referred to the Full Bench of the Delhi High Court. In that case, the facts
were : The assessee had furnished the return of income for the A.Y. 1987-88 on
29-6-1987. The assessee had maintained guest houses at different places on which
it had incurred total expenditure of Rs.3,33,926 consisting of rent
(Rs.1,76,000), depreciation (Rs.66,441) and other expenses (Rs. 91,485). As it
did not claim deduction for these expenses, revised return was filed on
5-10-1989 along with a letter mentioning that out of the above amount of
Rs.3,33,926, the rent and depreciation should be allowed as deduction u/s.30 and
u/s.32 of the Act, relying on the judgment of the Bombay High Court in the case
of Chase Bright Ltd. (177 ITR 124). Accordingly, disallowance of the expenses
u/s.37(4) of the Act was restricted to only Rs.91,485 and the relevant order was
passed on 17-11-1989. Subsequently, notice u/s.148 was issued on 20-4-1990 for
reopening of the assessment u/s.147. Though as per the reasons recorded for
reopening, the assessment was reopened on the alleged ground of various
disallowable claims, but except for the above referred two items of
disallowances, neither any claim was disallowed, nor any addition was made on
completion of reassessment. In support of the reassessment, the AO had relied
upon the order of the CIT(A) for the A.Y. 1986-87, which was passed on 7-7-1990,
although the assessment was reopened on 2-4-1990. In the appeal filed against
the reassessment order, the CIT(A) quashed the reassessment proceedings on the
ground that it was a case of mere ‘change of opinion’ on the part of the AO as
no new fact or material was available with the AO The Appellate Tribunal also
upheld the decision of the CIT(A) and it was held that New Provisions of S. 147
are applicable in this case and it was also a case of mere ‘change of opinion’.

2.2 On the above facts, the Revenue made an application for
referring the following questions to the High Courts (para 5) :

“Whether, the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal was correct in
holding that the proceedings initiated u/s.147 of the said Act were invalid on
the ground that there was a mere ‘change of opinion’ ?”

2.3 The above-referred application was rejected by the
Tribunal and hence, at the instance of the Revenue, a petition was filed
u/s.256(2) before the Delhi High Court for direction to Tribunal for referring
the above-referred question to the High Court.

2.4 Before the High Court, the counsel appearing on behalf of the Revenue, referred to the provisions of S. 34 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922 (the 1922 Act) and the Old Provisions as well as the New Provisions of S. 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act). He also pointed out that the proviso to S. 147 under the New Provisions is in pari materia with Clause (a) of S. 147 under the Old Provisions. It was, inter alia, further contended that the ‘change of opinion’ is relevant only for the purpose of Clause (b) of S. 147 under the Old Provisions, the initiation of reassessment proceedings is permissible when it is found that the AO has passed the assessment order without any application of mind and the same can be found out from the order of assessment itself. When the order of the assessment does not contain any discussion on a particular issue, then the same may be held to have been rendered without any application of mind. It was further contended that from the reasons recorded by the AO, it is apparent that reliance has been placed upon the tax audit report which would have come within the purview of the expression ‘information’ as contemplated in 147 and hence, the re-assessment cannot be said to be illegal or without jurisdiction. For this purpose, reliance was placed on various judgments of the Courts including the judgments of the Gujarat High Court in the case of Praful Chunilal Patel (236 ITR 832) and a Delhi High Court case of Bawa Abhai Singh (253 ITR 83). It was also contended that Circular No. 549, dated 31-10-1989 issued by the CBDT (Circular No. 549) cannot be relied upon for the purpose of construction of New Provisions inasmuch as the Circular cannot override the statutory provisions.

2.5 On the other hand, on behalf of the assessee, it was, inter alia, contended that the expression ‘reason to believe’ contained in S. 147 denotes that the belief must be based on the change of fact or subsequent information or new law. Income escaping assessment must be founded upon or in consequence of any information which must come into the possession of the AO after completion of the original assessment. It was also pointed out that the said Circular No. 549 clearly shows that S. 147 was amended only to allay fear of all concerned that prior thereto an arbitrary power was conferred upon the AO and the CBDT, who has the authority to interpret the law, has issued the said Circular No. 549, which should govern the case. Reliance was also placed on various judgments of the Courts in support of contentions raised.

2.6 After considering the contentions raised on behalf of both the parties, the Court proceeded to consider the issue and for that purpose noted the provisions regarding reassessment under 1922 Act as well as the Old Provision and the New Provision under the Act. The Court also noted the said Circular No. 549. The Court then also referred to the various judgments of the Courts rendered under 1922 Act as well as the Old Provisions and the New Provisions of the Act dealing with the issue, wherein the view was taken that reassessment proceedings cannot be initiated on a mere ‘change of opinion’. Referring to the New Provisions, the Court noted the following observations (head notes) of the Delhi High Court (234 ITR 170) in the case of Jindal Photo Films Ltd. (page 13):

“The power to reopen an assessment was conferred by the Legislature not with the intention to enable the Income-tax Officer to reopen the final decision made against the Revenue in respect of questions that directly arose for decision in earlier proceedings. If that were not the legal position, it would result in placing an unrestricted power of review in the hands of the assessing authorities depending on their changing moods.”

2.7 After considering the above, the Court stated that although the referring Bench had prima facie agreed with the decision of this Court in the case of Jindal Photo Films Ltd. (supra), but doubt was sought to be raised by the Revenue in view of the decision of the Gujarat High Court in the case of Praful Chunilal Patel (supra). Accordingly, the Court considered the said judgment of the Gujarat High Court and noted that in that case it was held that the word ‘assessment’ would mean the ascertainment of the amount of taxable income and the tax payable thereon. In other words, where there is no ascertainment of amount of taxable income and the tax payable thereon, it can never be said that such income was assessed. It was further held that merely because during the assessment proceedings the relevant material was on record, it cannot be inferred that the AO must necessarily have deliberated over it and taken in to account while ascertaining the taxable income or that he had formed an opinion in respect thereof. If looking back, it appears to the AO (albeit, within four years from the end of the relevant assessment year) that particular item even though reflected on the record was not subjected to assessment and was left out while working out the taxable income earlier, that would enable him to initiate the proceedings for reassessment. After referring to this view expressed by the Gujarat High Court in that case, the Court disagreed with the same and stated as under (page 15):

“We are, with respect, unable to subscribe to the aforementioned view. If the contention of the Revenue is accepted the same, in our opinion, would confer an arbitrary power upon the Assessing Officer. The Assessing Officer who had passed the order of assessment or even his successor officer only on the slightest pre-text or otherwise would be entitled to reopen the proceeding. Assessment proceedings may be furthermore reopened more than once. It is now trite that where two interpretations are possible, that which fulfils the purpose and object of the Act should be preferred.”

2.8 The Court then also considered the judgment of the Delhi High Court in the case of Bawa Abhai Singh (supra) on which reliance was placed by the Revenue to contend that reassessment proceedings can be initiated on a mere ‘change of opinion’. The Court then noted that in that case it was held that the Old Provisions and the New Provisions are contextually different. Under the New Provisions, the only condition for initiating the reassessment proceeding is that the AO should have ‘reason to believe’ that income has escaped assessment, which belief can be reached in any manner and is not qualified by any pre-condition of faith and true disclosure of material fact by the assessee as contemplated under the Old Provisions in clause    of S. 147. Accordingly, the power to re-open the assessment under the New Provisions is much wider and can be exercised even after the assessee has disclosed fully and truly all material facts. After noting this part of the said judgment, the Court stated that it is evident that this judgment cannot be considered as an authority for the proposition that mere ‘change of opinion’ would also confer jurisdiction upon the AO to initiate reassessment proceedings as was contended on behalf of the Revenue.

2.9 Dealing with the meaning of the expression ‘reason to believe’, the Court noted the following view expressed by the Delhi High Court in the earlier referred judgment of Bawa Abhai Singh (supra), on which reliance was placed on behalf of the Revenue (page 16):

“The crucial expression is ‘reason to believe’. The expression predicates that the Assessing Officer must hold a belief?.?.?.?. by the existence of reasons for holding such a belief. In other words, it contemplates existence of reasons on which the belief is founded and not merely a belief in the existence of reasons inducing the belief. Such a belief may not be based merely on reasons but it must be founded on information. As was observed in Ganga Saran and Sons P. Ltd. v. ITO, (1981) 130 ITR 1 (SC), the expression ‘reason to believe’ is stronger than the expression ‘is satisfied’. The belief entertained by the Assessing Officer should not be irrational and arbitrary. To put it differently, it must be reasonable and must be based on reasons which are material. In S. Narayanappa v. CIT, (1967) 63 ITR 219, it was noted by the Apex Court that the expression ‘reason to believe’ in S. 147 does not mean purely a subjective satisfaction on the part of the Assessing Officer, the belief must be held in good faith; it cannot be merely a pretence. It is open to the Court to examine whether the reasons for the belief have a rational nexus or a relevant bearing to the information of the belief and are not extraneous or irrelevant for the purpose of the Section. To that limited extent, the action of the Assessing Officer in initiating proceedings u/s. 147 can be challenged in a Court of law.”

2.10 To decide the issue, the Court then further stated that it is a well-settled principle of interpretation of statute that the entire statute should be read as a whole and the same has to be considered thereafter chapter by chapter and then section by section and ultimately word by word. It is not in dispute that the AO does not have any jurisdiction to review his own order. His jurisdiction is confined to only rectification of apparent mistakes u/s.154 and the said powers cannot be exercised where the issues are debatable. According to the Court, what cannot be done directly, cannot be done indirectly by taking recourse to provisions relating to reassessment. For this, the Court observed as under (page 15):

“It is a well-settled principle of law that what cannot be done directly cannot be done indirectly. If the Income-tax Officer does not possess the power of review, he cannot be permitted to achieve the said object by taking recourse to initiating a proceeding of reassessment or by way of rectification of mistake.

2.11 The Court then considered the contention raised on behalf of the Revenue that the said Circular No. 549 cannot be considered, as the Circular cannot override the statutory provisions. In this context, the Court reiterated the settled position with regard to the binding effect of the Circular issued by the CBDT for which reference was made to the judgments of Apex Court in the cases of UCO Bank (237 ITR 889) and Anjum M. H. Ghasswalla (252 ITR 1). The Court, then, felt that if the AO is permitted to reopen the completed assessment on a mere ‘change of opinion’, then the powers of the AO become arbitrary. In this context, the Court observed as under (page 19):

“Another aspect of the matter also cannot be lost sight of. A statute conferring an arbitrary power may be held to be ultra vires Article 14 of the Constitution of India. If two interpretations are possible, the interpretation which upholds constitutionality, it is trite, should be favoured.

In the event it is held that by reason of S. 147 if the Income-tax Officer exercises his jurisdiction for initiating a proceeding for reassessment only upon a mere change of opinion, the same may be held to be unconstitutional. We are therefore of the opinion that S. 147 of the Act does not postulate conferment of power upon the Assessing Officer to initiate reassessment proceeding upon his mere change of opinion.”

2.12 While taking a view that on a mere ‘change of opinion’ reassessment proceedings cannot be initiated, even if the detailed reasons have not been recorded in the original assessment order for accepting the claim of the assessee, finally, the Court stated as under (pages 19/20):

“We also cannot accept the submission of Mr. Jolly to the effect that only because in the assessment order, detailed reasons have not been recorded an analysis of the materials on the record by itself may justify the Assessing Officer to initiate a proceeding u/s.147 of the Act. The said submission is fallacious. An order of assessment can be passed either in terms of Ss.(1) of S. 143 or Ss.(3) of S. 143. When a regular order of assessment is passed in terms of the said Ss.(3) of S. 143, a presumption can be raised that such an order has been passed on application of mind. It is well known that a presumption can also be raised to the effect that in terms of clause (e) of S. 114 of the Indian Evidence Act judicial and official acts have been regularly performed. If it be held that an order which has been passed purport-edly without application of mind would itself confer jurisdiction upon the Assessing Officer to reopen the proceeding without anything further, the same would amount to giving a premium to an authority exercising quasi-judicial function to take benefit of its own wrong.”

CIT v. Kelvinator of India Ltd., 320 ITR 561 (SC):

3.1 The above-referred judgment of the Full Bench of the Delhi High Court came up for consideration before the Apex Court to decide the issue referred to in para 1.5 above.

For this purpose, the Court noted the Old Provisions as well as the New Provisions of S. 147. The Court then stated that on going through the changes made under the New Provisions, we find that for the purpose of reopening, two conditions were required to be fulfilled under the Old Provisions, but under the New Provisions they are given go by and only one condition has remained, namely, that once the AO has reason to believe that income has escaped assessment, that confers the jurisdiction for reopening. Therefore, under the New Provisions, power to reopen is much wider. However, one needs to give schematic interpretation to the words, ‘reason to believe’, failing which S. 147 would give arbitrary powers to AO to reopen assessment on the basis of a mere ‘change of opinion’. One must also keep in mind the conceptual difference between the power of review and power of reassessment. The AO has no power to power to review; he has the power to reopen. Having made these observations, the Court then held as under (pages 564/565):

“But reassessment has to be based on fulfilment of certain pre-conditions and if the concept of ‘change of opinion’ is removed, as contended on behalf of the Department, then, in the garb of reopening the assessment, review would take place. One must treat the concept of ‘change of opinion’ as an in-built test to check abuse of power by the Assessing Officer. Hence, after 1st April, 1989, the Assessing Officer has power to reopen, provided there is ‘tangible material’ to come to the conclusion that there is escapement of income from assessment. Reasons must have a live link with the formation of the belief. Our view gets support from the changes made to S. 147 of the Act, as quoted hereinabove. Under the Direct Tax Laws (Amendment) Act, 1987, the Parliament not only deleted the words ‘reason to believe’, but also inserted the word ‘opinion’ in S. 147 of the Act. However, on receipt of representations from the companies against omission of the word ‘reason to believe’, the Parliament reintroduced the said expression and deleted the word ‘opinion’ on the ground that it would vest arbitrary powers in the Assessing Officer.”

3.2 In support of the aforesaid view, the Court also relied on the said Circular No. 549 and reproduced the following portion therefrom (page 565):

“7.2 Amendment made by the Amending Act, 1989, to reintroduce the expression ‘reason to believe’ in S. 147. — A number of representations were received against the omission of the words ‘reason to believe’ from S. 147 and their substitution by the ‘opinion’ of the Assessing Officer. It was pointed out that the meaning of the expression, ‘reason to believe’ had been explained in a number of Court rulings in the past and was well settled and its omission from S. 147 would give arbitrary powers to the Assessing Officer to reopen past assessments on mere change of opinion. To allay these fears, the Amending Act, 1989, has again amended S. 147 to reintroduce the expression ‘has reason to believe’ in place of the words ‘for reasons to be recorded by him in writing, is of the opinion’. Other provisions of the new S. 147, however, remain the same.”

Conclusion:

4.1 From the above judgment of the Apex Court, it is now clear that even under the New Provisions, reassessment proceedings cannot be initiated on a mere ‘change of opinion’. One of the major reasons for taking such a view also appears to be the fact that if the AO is permitted to reopen the assessment on a mere ‘change of opinion’, S. 147 would give arbitrary powers to the AO to reopen reassessment. Therefore, the concept of ‘change of opinion’ is treated as inbuilt test to check the abuse of power by the AO.

4.2 If the AO is permitted to reopen concluded assessment on a mere ‘change of opinion’, his power may become arbitrary and statute confirring arbitrary power may be held unconstitutional as held by the Full Bench of the Delhi High Court in the above case.

4.3 From the above judgment read with the Full Bench Judgment of the Delhi High Court, it seems that the completed assessment can be reopened only when there is a tangible material available with the AO to form a belief that taxable income has escaped assessment. The belief entertained by the AO should not be irrational and arbitrary. It must be reasonable and must be based on reasons which are material.

4.4 We may also state that if the return of income is processed u/s.143(1) without making any assessment u/s.143(3)/147, then such determination of income does not amount to ‘assessment’ [Ref. Rajesh Jhaveri Stock Broker P. Ltd., 291 ITR 500 – SC]. Therefore, in such cases, it seems that the above-referred judgment of the Apex Court may not be of any use to contest the assessment proceedings initiated u/s.147.

Recovery of debts — Tribunal has no power to control physical movement of defendant borrower — It cannot impound passport — Recovery of Debts due to Banks and Financial Institution Acts, 1993 S. 19, S. 22.

New Page 1

[Prafulchandra V. Patel & Ors. v. State Bank of India &
Ors.,
AIR 2010 Gujarat 46]

The respondent-bank had filed a petition against the
petitioners for recovery of amount of Rs.37 crores with accrued interest.
Simultaneously an application for interim injunction by the bank to restrain the
petitioners, to transfer of the property and the petitioners from leaving India
without prior permission. The Tribunal granted interim injunction in respect to
properties, however, it did not grant any injunction for restraining the
petitioners from leaving India. Later in another application the Tribunal
restrained the petitioner from leaving India without prior permission of the
Tribunal. The said order was challenged before the High Court on the limited
issue of restraining the petitioner from leaving India.

The Court held that the Debt Recovery Tribunal has no power
to control the physical movement of the defendant-borrowers in absolute, merely
because suit for recovery or the proceedings for recovery of amount, if filed,
in capacity as the mortgagee by the plaintiff bank.

The Tribunal under the RDB Act has power to command and
control the properties of the defendants, may be in its possession or in
possession of third party, and the powers are to be used for grant of injunction
for such purpose. It is only when the Tribunal satisfactorily finds that the
defendant is obstructing the Tribunal or its officers from having command and
control over properties of the defendant, in possession of the defendant or in
possession of third party, the powers may be exercised by the Tribunal to
control and restrict physical movement of the defendant, but not otherwise. But
the Tribunal has no power in absolute to prohibit the physical movement of the
defendants beyond its territorial jurisdiction or to prohibit the defendants
from leaving the country. Thus, the Tribunal has no power to direct impounding
of the passport.

levitra

Precedents — One Bench cannot differ from the view of another Co-ordinate Bench — In case of difference in views, matter must be referred to a Larger Bench.

New Page 1

[Mercedes Benz India Pvt. Ltd. v. UOI, 2010 (252) ELT
168 (Bom.)]

One Bench of the Tribunal decided an appeal in favour of the assessee. However, another Bench refused to follow that decision
even though the facts were the same, on the ground that the earlier decision did
not address the grievance of the Revenue and did not consider all the facts and
did not lay down a clear ratio. The assessee filed a writ petition complaining
of breach of propriety on the part of the Tribunal by not referring the issue to
a
Larger Bench.

The Bombay High Court observed that in a multi-Judge Court,
the Judges are bound by precedents and procedure. They could use their
discretion only when there is no declared principle to be found, no rule and no
authority. The judicial decorum and legal propriety demand that where a learned
single Judge or a Division Bench does not agree with the decision of a Bench of
co-ordinate jurisdiction, the matter should be referred to a Larger Bench. It is
a subversion of judicial process not to follow this procedure. In the system of
judicial review which is a part of the Constitutional scheme, it is held to be
the duty of the Judges of the Courts and Members of the Tribunals to make the
law more predictable. The question of law directly arising in the case should
not be dealt with apologetic approaches. The law must be made more effective as
a guide to behaviour. It must be determined with reasons which carry convictions
within the Courts, profession and public. Otherwise, the lawyers would be in a
predicament and would not know how to advise their clients. Subordinate Courts
would find themselves in an embarrassing position to choose between the
conflicting opinions. The general public would be in dilemma to obey or not to
obey such law and it, ultimately, falls into disrepute.

The Court further held that the view taken by the Tribunal
was not the correct approach. If the Tribunal wanted to differ to the earlier
view taken by the Tribunal in an identical set of facts, judicial discipline
required reference to the Larger Bench. One Co-ordinate Bench finding fault with another Co-ordinate Bench is not a healthy way of dealing with the matters.

Note : In UOI v. Paras Laminates Pvt. Ltd., (1990) 186 ITR
722 (SC) it was held that an order which did not follow a Co-ordinate Bench
decision was ‘per incuriam’ i.e., not a binding judicial precedent.

levitra

Torts : Person losing his right hand due to electrocution — Electricity Board liable to compensate.

New Page 1

  1. TORTS : Person losing his right hand due to
    electrocution — Electricity Board liable to compensate.

Petitioner got electrocuted on account of a live wire which
snapped due to strong wind and fell on roof of petitioner’s house, which had
C1 sheet roofing. It was held that Electricity Board ought not to have carried
electrical wire over a dwelling house. A person undertaking activity involving
generation or transmission of electricity which is inherently dangerous to
human should take extra care and precaution to avoid harm. However, the
Electricity Board authorities have not shown that they have taken all
necessary care to avoid harm. The petitioner being sole bread-earner of his
family and has lost his right hand being amputed, is entitled to be
compensated for his sufferings and loss of earning and earning capacity.
Compensation of Rs.3,00,000 awarded including medical expenses.

[Md. Sahajuddin vs. ASEB & Ors., AIR 2009 (NOC) 1072 (Gau.)].

levitra

Appellate Tribunal — Passing of order — Reasonable time — Order passed after six months — Order set aside on ground of delay — S. 129B of Customs Act, 1962.

New Page 1

[Shantilal Jain v. UOI, 2010 (252) ELT 326 (Bom.)]

In this case the impugned order was passed by the Customs,
Excise and Service Tax Appellate Tribunal practically after a period of six
months from the date of hearing. The Bombay High Court set aside the order
without examining merits or demerits thereof and the appeal was restored to the
file of the
Tribunal for de novo hearing and decision afresh. The Court relied on the case
of Dewang Rasiklal Vora v. Union of India, 2003 (158) ELT 30 (Bom.); wherein it
was held that the judgment passed after considerable gap of time from the date
of hearing was
liable to be set aside, observing that justice should not only be done, but must
manifestly appear to
be done.

The Court also showed displeasure on the conduct of the
advocates signing the minutes of the order on behalf of the Revenue, which was
found to be not as per consensus between the advocates. The Court observed that
it was the obligation on the part of the advocate for the Revenue to protect the
interest of the Revenue and to be more diligent.

See Shivsagar Veg Restaurant v. CIT, (2009) 317 ITR 433 (Bom.)

levitra

Translation of document : Filing of translated copy of document in Court is not additional evidence — Only requirement is that counsel should certify that translation is correct : Civil Procedure Code : O.13, R.4, General Rules (Civil) 1986, Rule 37.

New Page 1

  1. Translation of document : Filing of translated copy of
    document in Court is not additional evidence — Only requirement is that
    counsel should certify that translation is correct : Civil Procedure Code :
    O.13, R.4, General Rules (Civil) 1986, Rule 37.

The plaintiff filed a suit for permanent injunction. In the
suit the plaintiff relied upon a registered sale deed dated 26.7.1926,
executed by one Bhanwaria and based his title in the property upon the said
sale deed. The said registered sale deed was in Urdu script and language.

After filing of the appeal against the dismissal of suit by
the learned trial Court, the plaintiff-appellant submitted an application with
prayer that the plaintiff had during the trial filed a copy of the registered
sale deed which was written in Urdu script and with a view to facilitate the
Court to peruse and go through the contents of the said document, the
appellant is filing a correct translation of the same in Devanagari script
having translated the document from Urdu script to Devanagari script (in
Hindi).

The appellant further submitted that so far as the
application was concerned, it was not one under O. 41, R. 27, C.P.C. of
leading any additional evidence but in fact the appellant was only submitting
the translated version of the document, the registered sale deed of the year
1926 which has already been filed before the learned trial Court and admitted
in evidence of the plaintiff and since the parties were not conversant with
Urdu language or the script, the appellant could not state before the Court as
to what were the contents of the said documents. When the suit was dismissed
by the learned Trial Court the appellant with a view to overcome the aforesaid
difficulty, produced before the Court the translated version which cannot be
said to be by means of an additional evidence strictly in accordance with the
provisions of O. 41, R. 27, C.P.C. It was evident from the document that the
counsel had certified and put an endorsement.

The Hon’ble Court held that the provisions of O. 14, R.27,
C.P.C. were not strictly applicable as it was not a case where any additional
evidence was sought to be produced by the appellant which had not been filed
before the learned trial Court and was being sought to be filed for the first
time in the appeal. By the application, all that the petitioner sought to do
was to file a translated copy of sale deed which is in Urdu language by filing
a translation in Devanagari script in Hindi for being appreciated by the Court
and it is for this purpose that the application was filed by the plaintiff.

The Rule 37 of the General Rules (Civil), 1986 requires (1)
that a correct translation of the document which is not written in Hindi or
English to be accompanied by a translation of the same into Hindi written in
Devanagari script; (2) that the translated document must bear a certificate of
the party’s counsel to the effect that it is a correct translation; and (3)
that if the party filing the same is not represented by a counsel, the Court
shall have the same certified by any person appointed by it at the cost of the
party seeking to produce the document.

The document which had been filed before the Appellate
Court showed that it was signed by the advocate who had endorsed the same to
be the true translated copy from Urdu script into Devanagari script. It was
not the case that the aforesaid document was not a correct translation, but
the application had been rejected by the learned Appellate Court on the ground
that it does not bear endorsement and the name of the person who has
translated the said document.

A look at Rule 37 of the General Rules (Civil), 1986, goes
to show that the requirement is that “the translation shall bear a certificate
of the party’s counsel to the effect that the translation is correct.” The
Rule does not require an endorsement by the counsel that he has translated the
document into Hindi but only requires a certificate ‘the translation is
correct’.

In view of the matter, the learned Appellate Court which
did not advert to the provisions of Rule 37 of the General Rules (Civil),
1986, while passing the order committed an error of jurisdiction.

[Prahlad Singh vs. Suraj Mal & Ors., AIR 2009
Rajasthan 53].

levitra

Public document : Certified copy of power of attorney which is registered document on file of Sub-Registrar is a public document : Evidence Act Sec. 74(2).

New Page 1

  1. Public document : Certified copy of power of attorney which
    is registered document on file of Sub-Registrar is a public
    document : Evidence Act Sec. 74(2).

The suit had been instituted by the petitioner on the
factual premise that as per the power of attorney executed by the respondent
on 29.01.1993, he was permitted to develop the land belonging to the
respondent, having an extent of 1.50 acres and a certified copy of the said
power of attorney was produced along with the plaint. However, the suit was
contested by the respondent on the ground that only an extent of 50% of
property were given as per the said power of attorney and the petitioner with
the connivance of the officials of the Registration Department fraudulently
changed the extent as 1.50 acres instead of the original extent of 50%.
Subsequently, during the course of trial, the petitioner attempted to mark the
certified copy of the power of attorney as a document on his side. The same
was objected to by the respondent mainly on the ground that loss of original
has not been properly accounted in terms of Section 65 of the Indian Evidence
Act.

The document produced by the petitioner was rejected by the
learned District Munsif on the ground that certified copy of power of attorney
cannot be admitted in evidence. The petitioner had contended before the Trial
Court that the original was lost and the same was also mentioned in the plaint
as well as in the proof affidavit and as such, he was entitled to lead
secondary evidence.

The Hon’ble Court observed that the document produced by
the petitioner as document No.1 is found to be a certified copy of the power
of attorney registered as document No.13/1993 on the file of Sub-Registrar.
Admittedly, the document was a registered document and what was produced by
the petitioner was only a certified copy of the said document. Section 74 of
the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 indicates as to what are all the documents which
could be termed as public documents. As per Sub-Section 2 of Section 74,
public records kept (in any State) of private documents are public documents.
Section 76 mandates that every public officer having the custody of the public
document, which any person has a right to inspect, shall give that person on
demand a copy of it on payment of the legal fees therefor, together with a
certificate written at the foot of such copy that it is a true copy of such
document or part thereof, as the case may be, and such certificate shall be
dated and subscribed by such officer with his name and his official title, and
shall be sealed, whenever such officer is authorised by law to make use of
seal; and such copies so certified shall be called certified copies.

As per Section 77, such certified copies may be produced in
proof of the contents of the public documents or parts of the public documents
of which they purport to be copies. Section 79 of the Indian Evidence Act
gives a statutory presumption with respect to the genuineness of certified
copies.

Therefore, it was evident that the certified copy of the
power of attorney produced by the petitioner is a public document within the
meaning of Section 74(2) of the Indian Evidence Act and the same is admissible
in evidence as provided under Section 76 of the Act.

The alleged alteration in the original deed was a matter
for evidence. It would be open to the respondent to summon the office copy of
the document sought to be marked and to take steps to send the same for expert
opinion. It is also possible for the respondent to take steps to prove her
contention that there were alterations made in the document subsequent to the
registration.

[P. K. Pandian vs. Komala, AIR 2009 Madras 51].

levitra

Additional evidence : Permission to bring additional document can be granted in exercise of discretion of Court to achieve ends of justice

New Page 1

10. Additional evidence : Permission to bring additional
document can be granted in exercise of discretion of Court to achieve ends of
justice.

The plaintiffs had challenged an order passed by the
learned Single Judge, dated 15th January, 2008 allowing the Chamber Summons
which is taken out by the defendants seeking liberty to lead evidence and to
place on record all documents referred to in the affidavit of documents which
was filed by the defendants. Grievance of the plaintiffs is that after they
had led their evidence, the defendants had specifically informed the Court
that they did not wish to lead any evidence. It is the contention of the
plaintiffs that after having taken a stand not to lead evidence, it was not
open for the defendants to subsequently file application seeking permission of
the Court to lead evidence.

The power to permit the party to lead additional evidence
had been given to the Appellate Court under Order XLI Rule 27. It is settled
position in law that the purpose of procedural law is not to frustrate the
rights of the parties, but the law is primarily to achieve the ends of justice
and fully and finally decide the controversy between the parties.

While interpreting the provisions of the Code, care should
be taken that substantial justice is not sacrificed for hypertechnical pleas
based on strict adherence to procedural provision. In this context, reference
be made to the Apex Court in the case of Ghanshyam Dass and Ors vs.
Dominion of India and Ors.
, reported in (1984) 3 SCC 46. Thus the Appeal
Court is entitled to allow the party to lead additional evidence.

In view of provisions of Order VIII Rule 1 & Order XLI Rule
27, the learned Single Judge has exercised a discretion vested in him and has
permitted the defendants to bring on record any such documents. In the present
case, it has to be noted that affidavit of documents was filed by the
defendants. The documents could not be traced and, subsequently, the
defendants were in a position to procure the said documents and, after an
application for amendment which was filed by the plaintiff was allowed and
permission was granted to the parties to file additional written statement,
the application for production of documents was made and the learned Single
Judge was pleased to allow the said application. Therefore, the order passed
by the learned Single Judge was upheld.

[Smt. Shantibai K. Vardhan & Ors. vs. Ms. Meera G. Patel
& Anr.
AIR 2009 (NOC) 904 (Bom).]

levitra

Family arrangement : If Family arrange-ment is for relinquishment of any immovable property it requires registra-tion — Registration Act, Sec. 17.

New Page 1

  1. Family arrangement : If Family arrange-ment is for
    relinquishment of any immovable property it requires registra-tion — Registration
    Act, Sec. 17.

In a suit for partition an alleged oral family arrangement
was relied in the written statement of the defendants. It was not known as to
when and on which date such oral arrangement took place and in whose presence.
There was no clinching evidence in that regard. The Hon’ble Court observed
that the law was clear on the point that family arrangement could be oral, but
if it was to be recorded it should be by way of memorandum so as to dispel
hazy notion about such oral arrangement and it should not be in evidence of
it. If it is in evidence of relinquishment of any immovable property it would
require registration within the meaning of Section 17 of the Registration Act.

[D. V. Narayana Sah & Ors. vs. A. G. Nagammal & Ors.
AIR 2009 (NOC) 1061 (MAD.)].

levitra

Share broker and Stock Exchange render ‘services’ to the investors and investor would be ‘consumer’ : Consumer Protection Act S. 2(1)(d) and S. (2)(1)(o).

New Page 1

15 Share broker and Stock Exchange render
‘services’ to the investors and investor would be ‘consumer’ : Consumer
Protection Act S. 2(1)(d) and S. (2)(1)(o).


The respondent share broker who was a member of the DSE
committed default in making payment or delivery of shares for which demand had
to be made by the complainant investor.

U/s.19 of Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, no
person can organise or assist in organising or be a member of any stock exchange
other than a recognised stock exchange for the purpose of assisting in, entering
into or performing any contracts in securities. In view of aforesaid bar on
doing business as a share broker, a person has to become a member of a
recognised stock exchange. Without
becoming member of a stock exchange, share brokers are not permitted to have any
transaction in purchase and sale of shares. Therefore, the stock exchange is
apparently a service provider for purchase and sale of shares and not only does
the broker render ‘service’ in the purchase and sale of listed securities but
the stock exchange is also required to render service to the investors.

Further, the Delhi Stock exchange (DSE) is also a service
provider as stated in the memorandum and articles of Association because it
controls the mode, manner, time and place of performance of contract between the
broker member and the investors. DSE is required to establish and had
established Delhi Stock Exchange Customer Protection Fund. Every Member of the
DSE is required to become a member of the fund and contribute annually to the
Fund. If a member of DSE is declared as defaulter, the trustee of the fund step
into the shoes a defaulter member. This fund is established to protect and
safeguard interests of investors, particularly small investors from losses other
than that of speculative nature arising out of default of member brokers of the
stock exchange.

It was held that the complainant investor would be a consumer
who is affected by the services provided by the share broker and therefore he
would be eligible to be paid from the fund of the Stock Exchange.

[Senior Manager, Delhi Stock Exchange & etc. v. Ravindar Pal Singh & Anr.,
AIR 2008 (NOC) 962 (NCC); 2008 (1) ALJ 560]

levitra

Recovery of debts : Recovery of debts due to Banks and Financial Institutions Act : S. 19(7).

New Page 1

13 Recovery of debts : Recovery of debts due
to Banks and Financial Institutions Act : S. 19(7).


The petitioner, his father and brother had jointly and
severally taken a loan from State Bank of India. On default the State Bank of
India initiated certificate proceedings against the three. At the time of
initiation of the proceeding itself the father and the brother had died. The
certificate was issued against all the three. The certificate officer later
dropped the proceedings and on appeal the collector remanded the matter back to
certificate officer to proceed against the petitioner.

On writ by the petitioner, it was held by the Court that the
certificate proceeding against the two dead person was void and unenforcecable.
But so far as the petitioner is concerned, the certificate issued was valid and
binding.

The loan was taken ‘jointly and severally’. The expression
‘jointly and severally’ implies their joint liability as well as individual for
entire loan amount. It was open for the creditor to proceed either against one
of the joint loanees or against all of them.

In view of the above the writ petition of the petitioner was
dismissed.

[Anand Mohan Singh v. State of Bihar & Ors., AIR
2008 Patna 53]

 


levitra

Void Agreement : Tenancy Rights cannot be attached and auctioned — Consequent auction and sale certificate issued to purchaser would be void. Contract Act S. 24 and S. 65.

New Page 1

14 Void Agreement : Tenancy Rights cannot be
attached and auctioned — Consequent auction and sale certificate issued to
purchaser would be void. Contract Act S. 24 and S. 65.


The defendant No. 2 is a private limited company and because
of non payment of income tax, the recovery officer had issued a proclamation
which was published in govt. Gazette for sale of the property. The property
included the business alongwith the tenancy rights of the defendants over the
disputed premises.

The original plaintiffs bid was accepted in the auction and
the later on he deposited the amount with the income tax department. Nobody had
taken any objection nor had applied for setting aside the same within 30 days
from the date of auction. The defent No. 1 through income tax officer issued
sale certificate in favour of the original plaintiff. The suit premises was
actually property of LIC and defendant No. 2 was a tenant over the same.

The income tax authorities failed to put the plaintiff in
possession of the suit premises. Therefore, the original plaintiff filed suit
for possession of the suit premises alongwith movable articles. The trial court
held that the sale certificate in favour of the plaintiff was illegal, null,
void and unenforceable in law.

Before the Court the plaintiff alternatively contended that
if the sale was illegal the Union of India (Income tax Dept.) was liable to pay
compensation to him or atleast refund the amount alongwith interest.

S. 23 of the Indian Contract Act provides that the
consideration or object of an agreement is lawful, unless it is forbidden by
law; or is of such a nature that, if permitted, it would defeat the provisions
of any law. S. 24 provides that if the consideration is for an object which is
unlawful, the agreement is void.

Transfer of tenancy is not permitted under the law and,
therefore the object of the auction being the sale of tenancy rights was
unlawful and, therefore, auction as well as the sale certificate are void and
unenforceable.

S. 65 of the Indian Contract Act provides that when an
agreement is discovered to be void, or when a contract becomes void, any person,
who has received any advantage under such agreement or contract is bound to
restore it, or to make compensation for it to the person from whom he received
it. In view of this clear legal position, income tax authorities, who had
received the consideration amount from the plaintiff for the contract of sale,
which turned out to be void, was liable to restore and refund the said amount to
the plaintiff.

The defendant No. 1 Union of India was liable to refund that
amount to the plaintiff with interest at the rate of 18% per annum from the date
of suit till the realization of the amount to the plaintiff.

[Smt. Chandan Mulji Nishar & Ors. v. UOI & Ors., AIR
2008 (NOC) 396 (Bom.); 2007 (6) AIR Bom R 698]

 


levitra

Family arrangement or partition deed : For the purpose of stamping & Registration the contents of document are to be taken into consideration and not nomenclature — Transfer of Property Act; S. 5, Stamp Act, S. 35.

New Page 1

12 Family arrangement or partition deed :
For the purpose of stamping & Registration the contents of document are to be
taken into consideration and not nomenclature — Transfer of Property Act; S. 5,
Stamp Act, S. 35.



The father and mother of the plaintiff owned properties
comprising of houses, shops and vacant sites and they died intestate leaving
behind the plaintiff and defendants as their legal heirs. The defendant
attempted to partition the properties with the help of local people and
panchayatdars which was not agreed to by the plaintiff. After prolonged
negotiation the defendants ultimately agreed for an amicable partition of
movable and immovable properties. When the plaintiff claimed for division of
ard
share the defendants resisted the same and the plaintiff filed the suit.


 

According to the defendant the agreement for partition was
reduced to writing before the panchayatdars and signed by the plaintiff and
defendants. The trial judge rejected the document produced by the defendants on
the ground that it was a partition deed and unless it is stamped and registered
the same cannot be admitted.

 

The Court held that to decide about the nature of a document
whether it requires to be stamped or to be registered, it is the contents of the
document, that are to be taken into consideration and not the nomenclature
alone.

 

The law is well settled that in cases where partition among
the joint owners had already taken place and the factum of the partition
effected earlier was put in writing on a later point of time and the properties
are enjoyed as per the said partition, the same can be termed as a family
arrangement and need not be treated as a partition deed and therefore, the
question of stamping and registering the same does not arise. On the other hand,
if an agreement itself creates a right for the first time as a document, then
one has to consider the contents of the agreement, instead of the nomenclature.
Merely because it is stated in the agreement that in respect of the gold, jewels
and silver utensils the same have already been divided among the family members
in the presence of panchayatdars, it does not mean that all other immovable
properties have also been divided already. A reading of the entire agreement
clearly showed that there was no recital to the effect that it was for recording
the earlier partition which had already taken place that the said agreement was
entered into. In that view of the matter, the said agreement cannot be marked as
a document, since it requires to be stamped and registered so as to be admitted
in evidence.

 

In this regard the Hon’ble Court relied on the Division Bench
decision in case of A.C. Lakshmipathy v. A. M. Chakrapani Reddiar & Ors.,
2001 (1) Law Weekly 257 wherein the legal position is summed up as under :

(a) “I. A family arrangement can be made orally.

(b) If made orally, there being no document, no question of
registration arises.

(c) If the family arrangement is reduced to writing and it
purports to create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish any right, title or
interest of any immovable property, it must be properly stamped and duly
registered as per the Indian Stamp Act and Indian Registration Act.

(d) If the family arrangement is stamped but not
registered, it can be looked into for collateral purposes.

(e) A family arrangement which is not stamped and not
registered cannot be looked into for any purpose in view of the specific bar
in S. 35 of the Indian Stamp Act.” and applying the above guidelines to the
facts of the case and contents of the document which is sought to be marked,
concluded that the agreement was purported to create, declare, assign, limit
and extinguish right, title and interest over the immovable properties and
therefore, the document was required to be properly stamped and duly
registered under the Indian Stamp Act and the Indian Registration Act.
Therefore, the document requires execution on proper stamp papers and
registration as per the Indian Registration Act.

[Vincent Lourdhenathan Dominique v. Josephine Syla
Dominique,
AIR 2008 (NOC) 1173 (Mad.)]

levitra

Audio CD admissible in evidence

New Page 1

11 Audio CD admissible in evidence :

Evidence Act 1875 S. 65B

In a matrimonial proceeding for dissolution of marriage the
husband had produced an audio CD wherein the wife had abused and theatered the
husband on a cell phone which was recorded on audio CD and produced in Court.
The trial court admitted the audio CD as evidence; against the said order the
wife filed the present revision petition.

 

The petitioner wife had contended that the audio CD was
fabricated and inadmissible as evidence because the cell phone which was primary
evidence was not produced.

 

The Court dismissed the petition on the ground that the trial
court allowed the audio CD to be admitted reserving the right of the petitioner
to cross examine the respondent husband of its contents. The court directed the
trial court to consider the objection raised by the petitioner regarding
admissibility of the audio CD and decide the same.

[G. Shyamala Ranjini v. M. S. Tamizhnathan, AIR 2008
(NOC) 476 (Mad).]

 


levitra

Worldwide Tax Trends Treatment of Tax Losses

No country stands immune to the global recession, even as the degree of its impact may vary. Companies world over are reeling under the brunt of declining revenues resulting in a consequential drop in bottomlines and even resulting in operating losses in some cases.

Though companies cannot often control the revenue or the top line in the current economic scenario, however, they may want to optimise the cash through cost control measures and efficient utilisation of incentives, such as tax losses.

In fact, some of the advanced tax jurisdictions provide for carry back of losses so as to utilise the available tax losses and thereby resulting in release of cash which is blocked in the form of taxes.

In the current times where several MNCs are facing the issue of operating losses (the term ‘operating losses’ for the purpose of this article denotes business losses) in various jurisdictions, it becomes imperative for them to evaluate the provisions on utilisation of tax losses in these jurisdictions so as to optimise the overall tax cost. Considering the above, this article contains a broad overview of provisions prevalent in certain key jurisdictions on utilisation of tax losses. However, it should be noted that there could be certain conditions prescribed under the respective tax laws which may need to be followed before offsetting the tax losses.

Before diving straight into the provisions prevalent in certain key jurisdictions on utilisation of tax losses, let us take a brief look at the relevant provisions prevalent in India.

India :

    Indian tax laws provide for a distinction between operating losses and capital losses. In the year of losses, operating losses can be set off against capital income. However, capital losses can not be set off against the operating income.

    Unutilised operating losses can be carried forward for a period of eight years to be set off against any future business income. Continuity of same business is not essential to set off carry forward operating losses.

    Unutilised capital losses can be carried forward for a period of eight years to be set off against future capital gains. Indian tax laws classify capital gains as long-term capital gains or short-term capital gains depending on the period of holding of the capital asset. Accumulated long-term capital losses can be set off only against long-term capital gains and not against short-term capital gains. However, carry forward short-term capital losses can be set off against any capital gains i.e., long-term or short-term capital gains.

    There are no provisions for carry back of tax losses to set off against the profit of earlier years.

Impact on carry over/utilisation of losses on change in ownership

    Generally, Indian tax laws do not provide for any condition for continuity of ownership for utilisation of accumulated tax losses except in case of companies in which public are not substantially interested (i.e., Private Limited Companies).

    In case of companies in which public are not substantially interested, there is a condition of continuity of a specified percentage of ownership in the year in which the losses are incurred and the year in which such losses are set off. There has to be a continuity of ownership of at least 51% in the year in which the losses are incurred and the year in which such losses are set off in order to set off accumulated tax losses.

    Indian tax laws provide for carry over of tax losses to the resulting company in the event of business reorganisation viz. merger and demerger. In case of a merger which meets with the conditions specified under the Income-tax Act, the carry forward operating loss of the merged entity is rolled over to the surviving entity/resulting entity. However, there are certain specified conditions especially with respect to continuity of the merged business which need to be met, so as to avail the carry over benefit.

    In case of demerger/hive-off, which meets the conditions specified in the Income-tax Act, the carry forward operating losses of the undertaking being hived off are transferred to the resulting company which can be set off against the profit of the resulting company. In the event, the carry forward operating losses do not pertain entirely to the undertaking being hived off, the carry forward operating losses of the demerged entity are allocated between demerged entity and the resulting entity on the basis of assets retained in the demerged entity and the assets transferred to resulting entity.

    The provisions on continuity of ownership discussed hereinabove do not restrict the carry over of operating losses in case of the aforesaid reorganisation.

Transfer of losses to other group entities

    Indian tax laws do not contain provisions for surrender/transfer of losses to other group entities for set off against their profit. In effect, Indian tax laws do not contain any provisions for group consolidation. Each of the group entities needs to file its tax return separately.

    After evaluating the provisions under the Indian tax laws, let us now look at the provisions on utilisation of tax losses prevalent under certain key jurisdictions.

United States (US) :

    Generally, US tax laws provide for a distinction between operating losses and capital losses. In general, capital losses can be set off only against capital gains and not ordinary income. Capital losses can be carried back for three years and carried forward for five years to be set off against capital gains in such years.

    Operating losses can be carried back two years and forward twenty years to offset taxable income in those years. Operating losses can be set off against business income as well as capital gains.

Impact on carry over/utilisation of losses on change in ownership

There is a limitation on the amount of operating losses that can be utilised to offset against taxable income on ownership change. This limitation is provided in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). Generally, an ownership change occurs when more than 50% of the beneficial stock ownership of a corporation in loss had changed hands over a prescribed period (generally three years). The three-year period can be shortened to the extent that the losses were incurred within the three year period or there was an ownership change within the three year period. Thus, Section 382 Limitation effectively prevents shifting of unfettered loss deduction from one group of corporate owners to a new group.

Generally, the limitation amount equals the value of the stock of the corporation immediately before the ownership change, multiplied by the long-term tax exempt rate. The long-term exempt rate changes monthly and is published by the Internal Revenue Service in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Losses that cannot be deducted in a particular tax year due to aforesaid limitation can be carried forward.

In case of business reorganisation i.e., merger, generally, all the tax attributes of the merged corporation, induding net operating losses, transfer to the surviving corporation in a tax-free merger. The surviving corporation in a statutory merger can carry forward the net operating losses of the absorbed companies to reduce its taxable income in twenty subsequent tax years from the tax year in which the loss was incurred. Net operating losses can be carried back two years. Generally in case of merger, the net operating losses are not ‘ring fenced’. Such losses can be utilised against the income from business of the merged entity and the merging entity. However, such losses can not be offset against the income from business of the existing subsidiary of the resulting entity in case of consolidation. The limitation rules as discussed hereinabove would equally apply if there is a change in the ownership beyond a specified percentage pursuant to merger.

Transfer of losses to other group entities

US tax laws provide for group consolidation on fulfilment of certain stock ownership criteria. An affiliated group of US corporations may elect to determine its taxable income and tax liability on a consolidated basis.

Losses incurred by members of a group during the period of consolidation can be used to offset profits of other members of the group. However, losses incurred by a corporation prior to joining the group, referred to as separate return limitation year losses (SRLY losses), may not be used to offset profits of other group members or be carried back by such members to pre-consolidation taxable years. The SRLY loss rules also apply to built-in losses, i.e., losses realised during the first five years of consolidation to the extent attributable to assets with a value below adjusted tax basis at the time the member joined the group.

United Kingdom (UK) :

UK tax laws provide for a distinction between operating loss/trading loss and a capital loss. Generally, capital loss can be offset against capital gains of the same accounting period or can be carried forward indefinitely. However, capital loss cannot be carried back. Capital loss cannot be used to reduce the trading profits.

A trading loss incurred by a company in any accounting period may be set off against the total taxable profits (including capital gains) of the period and against the total taxable profits of an immediately preceding period, provided the same trade was then carried on. Losses can also be carried forward indefinitely for relief against future income from the same trade. Thus, losses can be set off only against the future profit from the same trade. Considering the above, a company with several trades or businesses may be required to keep separate accounts for each trade or business.

A company that ceases trading can carry back trading losses and offset them against profit of previous thirty-six months.

Impact on carry over/utilisation of losses on change in ownership

There is an important restriction on the carry-over of trading losses on a merger or acquisition if within any period of three years there is both a change in the ownership of a company and a major change in the nature or conduct of the trade carried on by the company to which the losses relate.

In case of change of ownership    of the company  and a major change in the nature or conduct of the relevant trade within a three-year period, trading losses otherwise available for carry forward are forfeited with effect from the date of the change of ownership.
 
Similar restrictions on the carryover of losses also apply if, at any time after the scale of activities in the trade carried on by the company has become small or negligible and before any considerable revival of the trade, there is a change in the ownership of the company.

The crucial issues that need to be considered in determining whether the above restrictions on the carry-over of trading losses apply on a merger or acquisition are: firstly whether there is a change of ownership and secondly whether or not there is a major change in the nature or conduct of the trade. There are specified provisions which define change of ownership for aforesaid purpose. The change of ownership is disregarded when the ownership is merely transferred between members of a 75% group.

The circumstances where there will be a major change in the nature or conduct of the trade for the purposes of these provisions are not exhaustively defined in the legislation. However, there are some indicative factors which can be used as reference to determine whether there is a major change in the nature or conduct of trade.

Transfer of losses to other  group entities

UK tax laws do not provide for tax consolidation. However, a trading loss incurred by one company within a 75% owned group of companies may be grouped with profits for the same period realised by another member of the group.

Germany:

German corporate tax laws do not provide for distinction between operating losses and capital losses. Capital losses are generally deductible.

However, capital losses resulting from transactions which are exempt from tax are not deductible. In particular, this rule applies to capital loss from sale of shares or from write-down on shares. This, effectively, means that the capital loss on sale of shares is not tax deductible.

Net operating losses of up to EUR 511,500 may be optionally carried back for one year prior to the year in which the losses have been incurred for corporate tax purposes. Remaining tax losses can be carried forward indefinitely. However, the amount of loss carried forward is restricted to EUR 1 million of net income in a given year. Any remaining loss can only be set off against up to 60% of the net income exceeding this limit. This essentially means that 40% of the net income exceeding Euro 1 million is subject to tax even if there are available tax losses (so-called minimum taxation). There is no condition of continuity of same business to set off accumulated tax losses.

Impact on carry over/utilisation of losses on change in ownership

The 2008 Business Tax Reforms introduced new rules regarding the treatment of tax losses on changes of ownership in the loss company. These rules are effective from 1 January 2008. Under the new rules, tax losses expire proportionally if, within a 5-year period, more than 25% of the shares of a loss entity are directly or indirectly transferred to one acquirer or an entity related to such acquirer. If more than 50% of shares are transferred within a 5-year period, the entire tax losses will be lost. The new rules include a measure under which investors with common interests acting together are deemed to be one acquirer for the purpose of these rules.

The German Bundesrat Committee has proposed some changes to the loss carry forward limitation rules. The proposed rule includes an insolvency restructuring exception. Under the restructuring exception, a change in ownership would not result in forfeiture of a loss carry forward if :

i) the transfer of shares in a loss corporation is part of a plan to make the loss corporation solvent, and

ii) the plan preserves the ‘structural integrity’ of the loss corporation’s business. A preservation of structural integrity is deemed to exist if :

o there is an agreement with the German Workers’ Council of the loss corporation
concerning the preservation of jobs and that agreement has been honoured; or

o the company continued to pay a certain amount of gross salaries over a period of five years following the change in own:rship; or

o the shareholders made significant contributions to the equity of the loss corporation.

The insolvency restructuring exception would not apply if the loss corporation’s business was already shut down at the time of the share transfer, or if during a period of five years following the share transfer the loss corporation discontinues its historic business and engages in a different business sector.

Under the proposal, the insolvency restructuring exception would become effective for the year 2008
and would apply (also retroactively) to all ownership changes that occurred between December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2010.

In the event of business reorganisation e.g., merger, carry forward tax losses of the transferring entity are forfeited and cannot be further used by the receiving entity.

In the event of a spin-off wherein a part of the business is hived off into a separate company, carry forward tax losses relating to the business which is transferred is generally forfeited. However, carry forward tax losses relating to the existing business which has not moved will remain intact and can be utilised subject to German change of ownership rules discussed hereinabove.

Transfer of losses to other group entities

German tax laws provide for the filing of a consolidated tax return for a German group of companies which allow losses of group companies to be offset against profits of other group companies. The German parent company must file

the consolidated tax return. Only German companies in which the German parent company holds the majority of the voting shares at the beginning of the fiscal year of the subsidiary can be included in the group consolidation. In order to achieve group taxation, a profit and loss pooling agreement must be concluded. The profit and loss pooling agreement requires that the controlled company transfers all its profits to the controlled parent and that the controlling parent actually covers the losses of the controlled company.

Losses of controlled company incurred prior to group taxation cannot be used for corporate income tax purposes as long as group taxation applies. Such losses can be offset against the future profits of the controlled company after group taxation has ended.

Australia:

Australian tax laws provide for distinction between capital loss and business loss. Capital losses are calculated using the reduced cost base of assets without indexation for inflation. Capital losses are deductible only against taxable capital gains and not against ordinary income. Capital losses can be carried forward indefinitely to be offset against taxable capital gains in future. Capital losses cannot be carried back.

Operating loss is excess of allowable deductions over assessable and exempt income for a particular year. Operating loss can be carried forward indefinitely to be offset against taxable income derived during succeeding years. Operating loss can be offset against both operating income as well as capital gains. Operating losses cannot be carried back.

Impact on carry over/utilisation of losses on change in ownership

Companies must satisfy greater than 50% continuity of ownership tests for voting power, rights to returns of capital and dividend rights (COT) in order to deduct its prior year losses. Where continuity is failed losses can be deducted if the same business is carried on in the income year (the same business test). Thus, if there is a change in ownership, prior year losses can be offset provided the same business is being carried on in the year in which the prior year losses are set off. The aforesaid tests are applied with modification in the event losses are utilised on group consolidation.

Transfer of losses to other group entities

A wholly-owned group of Australian companies can choose to consolidate for income tax purposes. Where a consolidated group is formed, the group is treated as a single entity during the period of consolidation. The subsidiary entities lose their individual tax identities and are treated as part of the head company for the purposes of determining income tax liability.

Under the tax-consolidation regime, the carry forward losses of companies forming part of a consolidated group may be used by the consolidated group, subject to the limitation-of-loss rules, which limit the amount of losses that can be used, based on -a proportion of the market value of the loss-making company to the consolidated group as a whole.

Generally, losses can be transferred to the group only if the losses could have been used outside the group by the entity seeking to transfer them. Once a subsidiary member of a group transfers a loss, it is no longer available for use by the subsidiary, even if the subsidiary subsequently leaves the group.

China:

Generally, Chinese tax laws do not provide for any distinction between operating losses and capital losses. Under the Enterprise Income Tax Regulation (EITR), losses are allowed to be carried forward for a maximum of five years without any restriction. However, losses may not be carried back.

Impact on carry over/utilisation of losses on change in ownership

Generally, there is no restriction on utilisation of accumulated tax losses in the event of change in ownership. The company can set off the accumulated tax losses even if there is a change in the shareholding of the company.

In the event of merger, the amount of losses of the pre-merger entity can be rolled over to the surviving entity provided the merger qualifies under Special Restructuring (SR) defined under the corporate tax laws. The quantum of loss that can be rolled over is confined to ‘x’ times the fair value of pre-merger entity, where ‘x’ is the interest rate of the longest-term national debt issued in that year.

Transfer    of losses    to  other  group entities

There is no group consolidation provision in China. Accordingly, losses of one group entity in China cannot be set off against the profit of another group entity.

Conclusion

While most of the advanced economies provide for carry back of losses and transfer of losses within the group entities through the group consolidation mechanism, these provisions are not yet incorporated under the Indian tax laws. India today is no longer an isolated economy. It is aligned and integrated with the world economy. Further, in the current economic downturn wherein companies globally are facing heavy pressure on margins resulting in operating losses in some cases, it is just that companies are given the benefit of utilising losses against their prior year profits and also against the profit of other group entities. Further, in the current scenario where Indian companies are facing liquidity crunch, it is essential that aforesaid provisions are implemented in the Indian tax code so that companies can optimise on cash through effective utilisation of tax losses. Considering this, time is now ripe that India adopts the well-accepted international tax concept of provision of carry back of loss and group consolidation in its tax code.

For comparative purpose, the key provisions on utilisation of tax losses in key jurisdictions are tabulated below:

Consolidated FDI policy-2010

Article

1. The Ministry of Commerce and Industry has issued a
‘Consolidated FDI Policy’
effective from 1st April, 2010. (Circular 1 of
2010)

The policy has consolidated into one document the entire
policy on foreign direct investment spread over various Press Notes. The past
Press Notes are rescinded. A fresh consolidated policy will be issued every six
months.

Though it states that there are no new measures in the
policy, there are a few provisions which did not exist earlier. In this article
I have mainly covered those issues which were not discussed earlier, and those
where there is additional or more clarity. I have covered the basic policy
provisions very briefly.

2. Basic FDI policy :


The basic policy for FDI is that foreign investment is freely
permitted in all sectors in India — except where there is a restriction. In some
sectors, FDI is totally prohibited like agriculture, retail trade, real estate,
etc. In some sectors, there are some conditions like NBFC, Construction and
Development, etc. However by and large, investment is freely permissible. On
investment, some compliances have to be completed.

If the investment is not under the automatic route, an
approval from FIPB or SIA is required.

Non-residents are required to invest at a price which is at
least equal to the value as per erstwhile CCI guidelines.

Transfer of shares is also under automatic route — subject to
compliance of the conditions laid down.

3. Legal background :


In the past, the foreign investment policy was issued as a
part of Industrial Policy. The Industrial Policy dealt with licensing and other
issues. Over a period by 2003, the Government titled the document as Foreign
Investment Policy, etc. In actual practice, ‘Industrial Policy’, ‘Foreign Direct
Investment Policy’, ‘Foreign Investment Policy’ have been used interchangeably.
There has never been a ‘Foreign Direct Investment Policy’ as such.

3.1 The Consolidated FDI policy has not been issued under any
law. It is a policy issued by the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion
(DIPP) which is under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry.

DIPP issues Press Notes for amendments to the policy. The
legal framework is the Foreign Exchange Management Act and the regulations
issued under it. FEMA regulations lay down the law, and procedures. For Foreign
Direct Investment, FEMA Notification 20 is applicable. Generally the RBI issues
Notifications to amend the regulations in line with the Press Notes issued by
DIPP. However where the RBI has some differences or requires some
clarifications, FEMA regulations does not get amended.

On a few issues, there are differences between the FDI policy
and FEMA regulations.

3.2 Clause 1.1.9 of the Consolidated FDI policy states that
“The Circular consolidates FDI policy framework, the legal edifice is
built on Notifications issued by the RBI under FEMA.
Therefore, any changes
notified by the RBI from time to time would have to be complied with and where
there is a need/scope of interpretation, the relevant FEMA notification will
prevail.”


This is for the first time that a document states that it is
FEMA regulations which have the legal binding force. This is a clear provision
which is good. Where the Press Note (or Consolidated FDI policy) liberalises any
provision till the FEMA notification is amended, the liberalisation will not
have any effect. In such situation, one can approach the RBI with an
application. Generally the RBI would grant an approval, unless it has some
differences with DIPP on the liberalisation measures.

3.3 Clause 1.1.4 states that “the regulatory framework over a
period of time thus consists of Acts, Regulations, Press Notes, Press Releases,
Clarifications, etc.”. Thus according to DIPP, all communication from the DIPP
are a part of regulatory framework ! At times, there are clarifications given by
Ministers, or by DIPP on its website. Would they be a part of legal framework ?

It will be interesting to read the decision of Federation of
Associations of Manufacturers referred to in paragraph 6. The Delhi High Court
has said in case of policy matters, the Government is free to decide the meaning
it wants to adopt for various terms. In that case, the Government had adopted a
modern meaning of wholesale trading compared to the traditional meaning. That
time the meaning was not in the public domain. The Government gave its view by
way of an affidavit to the Court. The issue is that the Government can be more
upfront in providing its view.

3.4 FEMA Notification No. 20, states the following in
Schedule I, clause 2(1) :


“An Indian company, not engaged in any activity/sector
mentioned in Annex A to this schedule, may issue shares or convertible
debentures to a person resident outside India, subject to the limits
prescribed in Annex B to this schedule, in accordance with the Entry
Routes specified therein
and the provisions of Foreign Direct
Investment Policy,
as notified by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry,
Government of India, from time to time.”


As mentioned above, there has never been any Foreign Direct
Investment Policy as such. There has been an ‘Industrial policy’. Practically,
the document published by the Ministry of Commerce and Industries has been
referred to as the FDI policy.

3.5 The Consolidated FDI policy states that in cases of
interpretation, FEMA Notification will prevail. FEMA notification states that
investment will be permitted as per the limits stated in the schedule and the
FDI policy.

Which prevails — FEMA regulations or FDI policy ?

Take an example :

Chapter 4 of the Consolidated FDI policy lays down the policy
for deciding whether an Indian company is controlled and owned by Indian
residents and citizens. (Earlier the policy was laid down in Press Notes 2, 3
and 4 of 2009. These Press Notes now stand rescinded.) It states that if the
Indian company
in which there is foreign investment is owned or
controlled by non-residents to the extent of 50% or more,
it will be
considered as foreign investment. Any investment by such a company in another
Indian company will be considered as foreign investment. Sectoral caps will
apply.

Vice-versa, if the Indian company is owned and controlled
by persons who are Indian residents and citizens to the extent of more than 50%,

it will be considered as Indian investment. Investment by such a company in
another Indian company will not be considered for counting foreign investment.

A chart is given below to illustrate the issue :

Thus the Foreign Co. (F) owns directly and indirectly [through the JV Co. – (J)] total capital Rs.6,226 (3,626 + 2,600) of 62.26% in Defense production company (D).

In defence sector, foreign investment cannot exceed 26%. With the above structure, the investment can exceed 26%, although the control will be with the Indian Co. – I.

Is this permitted ?

A plain reading of FDI policy gives an impression that it is permitted. Investment in the above manner can take places in several sectors where there is a restriction or a sectoral cap.

However these provisions have not been enacted in FEMA regulations.

This is a situation where FDI policy is more liberal than the FEMA regulations.

The Consolidated FDI policy states that if there is any interpretation issue, FEMA will prevail. As such a provision is not there in FEMA, the investment cannot be made.

Under FEMA, it states that the investment is subject to provisions of the FDI policy. Can we say that the investment can be made ?

In my view, as the Consolidated FDI policy clearly states that FEMA will prevail, the investment cannot be made. (Also see paragraph 3.11.)

3.6 Take a situation where FEMA is more liberal than the FDI policy.

All sectors where there is no restriction, foreign investment can be made freely. Services sector is under automatic route under FEMA.

Under the erstwhile FDI policy before 31-3-2010 also, services sector was under automatic route.

The Consolidated FDI policy now states under clause 5.20 that FDI is allowed in specified ‘Business services’. Does this mean that other services are now no longer under automatic route ? (See paragraph 9.1 also for more discussion.)

3.7 Is it possible to take a view that only if the Consolidated FDI policy and FEMA regulations both permit, then only investment can be made ?

My personal view is as under :

Where FEMA permits an investment on automatic basis, a non-resident can make the investment. Where the FDI policy permits an investment, but FEMA does not permit it, then one needs to take an approval from the RBI/FIPB before making the investment.

3.8 Consider a situation where the non-resident wants to invest in ‘Cash and carry/Wholesale trading’. It is an activity which is permitted on automatic basis.

There were however controversies on the meaning of ‘Cash and carry/Wholesale’. One of the controversies was that whether goods sold on credit will be in line with ‘Cash and carry’. FEMA regulations do not explain the meaning of ‘cash and carry’. The Consolidated FDI policy now explains the meaning of this term. It states that normal credit terms can be given to the customers.

Thus investment can be made in this sector and normal credit can be extended to the customers. (See paragraph 6 for more discussion.)

Thus where FEMA is ‘silent’ on the meaning of any term, one should be able to rely on the FDI policy. In the case of Federation of Associations of Manufacturers, the Delhi High Court has stated that such issue is a policy matter. The Government is within its rights to formulate policy matters. If the Government decides to adopt a particular meaning of any business phrase, it can do so. If the Government has considered that normal credit terms are permissible, then the same are permissible.

3.9 Therefore in a situation where there is a clear conflict between FDI policy and FEMA, FEMA will prevail. Where it is an issue of understanding of particular terms, the clarification given by DIPP or FEMA will prevail.

3.10 One may appreciate that Consolidated FDI policy by DIPP is a policy level document, whereas FEMA is the legal document. Both have different objectives. The Consolidated FDI policy can be considered as the intention of the Government, whereas FEMA lays down the detailed rules. Unless a policy is enacted as a statute, it does not have the force of law.

3.11 With the FDI policy, a press release has also been issued. One of the paragraphs in the press release states that — “There are a number of issues related to FDI policy that are currently under discussion in the Government, such as foreign investment in Limited Liability Partnerships (LLPs), policy on issuance of partly paid shares/warrants, rescinding Schedule IV of FEMA, clarifications on issues related to Press Notes 2, 3 & 4 of 2009 and on Press Note 2 of 2005, as also certain definitional issues, etc. When a decision on these is taken, the Government decision would be announced and thereafter incorporated into the Consolidated Press Note subsequently.”

Thus there is recognition that there are some issues on which the Government thinking has still not been finalised.

In my view, Press Notes 2, 3 and 4 of 2009 are not operational as far as the automatic route is concerned. One can approach FIPB for a specific approval.
The Government is considering to scrap non-repatriable category of investment for NRIs. One will have to wait for the announcement.

Investment in an LLP is desirable. There will be issues of partners’ investment in capital, withdrawal of the same, payment of interest, etc.

Let us consider some specific issues dealt with by the FDI policy which have not been dealt with earlier.

    4. Investee entity :    
A non-resident can invest in an Indian company (on automatic basis). An NRI can invest in an Indian company on repatriable basis and non-repatriable basis. An NRI can invest in a partnership firm or a proprietory concern on non-repatriable basis. This policy continues under the Consolidated FDI policy.

Investment in other entities was not permitted. Now the Consolidated FDI policy is more specific.

4.1    Investment in partnership firm on repatriable basis :
Normally investment in partnership/proprietory concern is not permitted on repatriable basis. The only sector where there is a reference of investment in a firm is the defence sector (Press Note 2 dated 4-1-2002 and entry 5.9 of Consolidated FDI policy). The RBI had issued a Circular No. AP 39, dated 3-12-2003. As per the Circular, NRIs could invest in a partnership firm or a proprietory concern on repatriable basis after obtaining an approval from Secretariat of Industrial Approvals/RBI. The Circular also provides that persons of Non-Indian origin can invest in a partnership firm or a proprietory concern after obtaining an approval from the RBI.

In actual practice, the RBI is not granting any approval for repatriable investment in a partnership firm and proprietory concern.

The Consolidated FDI policy now provides that NRIs and persons other than NRIs can apply to the RBI [para 3.2.2]. The application will be decided in consultation with the Government of India. This is the first time that the FDI policy provides for a foreigner to invest in a partnership firm/proprietory concern. The criteria however has not been specified. One will have to wait and see whether the RBI/Government permits investment in a firm/proprietory concern and on what terms and conditions.

4.2 Trusts :

Para 3.3.3 prohibits FDI in trusts other than Venture Capital Fund (VCF). Investment in trusts was in any case not permitted. However, let us consider some issues.

4.2.1 Can an NRI or an FII invest in mutual funds which are formed as trusts ? So far they have been permitted to invest (Schedule 5 of FEMA Notification 20).

4.2.2 An NRI wants to set up a private trust in India. The trust is for his family members. Some beneficiaries are NRIs and some are Indian residents. The NRI settlor himself can be a beneficiary.

Can such a trust be settled ? Will such a settlement be considered as an ‘investment’ ?

At the outset one may observe that ‘settlement’ cannot be considered as ‘investment’. However there will be a transfer of assets to the Indian trust where a non-resident will have an interest. It requires an approval from the RBI. Now with a specific bar under the FDI policy, will it be possible to have an Indian trust with non-residents as beneficiary ? Will the RBI consider an application at all ? One will have to wait and watch.

The above situation is different from a situation where a non-resident wants to invest in the Indian economy through a trust. Consider a situation where an NRI settles funds in an Indian trust. The trust will have an NRI as a beneficiary. The trust will undertake portfolio investment/business activities. This is not permitted.

4.2.3 The personal status of the trust (whether it is a person), and its residential status are existing issues under FEMA. These are however beyond the scope of this article.

4.3 Other entities :

FDI is not permitted in other entities. Thus investment in Association of Persons is not possible.

A non-resident and an Indian resident have to jointly bid for a contract. The bidding may be done jointly. They may be even awarded the contract jointly. This is clearly permitted. Under the Income-tax Act, it may become an AOP. That is a different matter.

As long as there is no ‘investment’ to be made in the AOP, there is no restriction. In this kind of AOP, the parties only carry out the work jointly. The finances are independently managed by the investors. This is clearly permitted. As far as the non-resident is concerned, he may have to comply with the ‘project office’ rules.

If however the non-resident wants to ‘invest’ in the AOP, then it is prohibited.

    5. Securities in which the non-resident can invest in :

5.1    Convertible debentures and preference shares :

5.1.1 Prior to 1-5-2007, Indian companies could issue debentures and preference shares to non-residents which were partly or fully convertible into equity shares.

There were different views on how much of the face value could be converted into equity shares. Different offices of the RBI had given varying views on the amount which had to be converted into equity shares (ranging from 10 to 25% of the face value). However DIPP had a different view. According to DIPP, even if 1% of the face value was converted into equity shares, it was acceptable. With such an instrument, it was possible for a non-resident to invest in partly convertible debentures (PCDs) or partly convertible preference shares (PCPs). By having an option to convert only 1% of the face value, the investor could participate in the debt in India. Without the PCDs, it was difficult to participate in the debt.

India received a lot of foreign exchange in the form of FDI, ECB, and portfolio investment. The economy started heating up in 2007. Hence the Government banned partly convertible debentures and partly convertible instruments.

Only fully convertible debentures (FCDs) and fully convertible preference shares (FCPs) are now permitted.

5.1.2 There is however an issue of the price at which the FCDs and FCPs can be converted.

The basic policy is that Non-residents are required to invest at a price which is at least equal to the value as per erstwhile CCI guidelines (referred to as the ‘minimum price’). Therefore at what price the convertible debentures/preference shares should be converted. (This was an issue even when PCDs or PCPs could be issued.)

Broadly, there can be different alternatives for the price at which the instruments can be converted. These can be as under :
    i) The price of conversion could be the ‘mini-mum price’ of equity shares at the time of issue of FCDs/FCPs. It could be at face value in case of a new company or at a ‘minimum price’ in case of an existing company. This is the minimum price at which the non-resident has to invest.
    ii) The price of conversion could be decided at the time of conversion.
    iii) The third alternative is a variation of the second alternative. The basis of the price could be decided upfront depending on the profits which the company earns. The conversion period could also be a range of dates. It need not be a fixed date. The actual price could be worked out later. As in the second alternative, the ‘minimum price’ of conversion would be decided at the time of conversion.

5.1.3 The RBI held a view that the price could not be determined at the time of issue. It had to be determined at the time of conversion. Their argument was that if at the time of issue the prescribed price was Rs.10, and at the time of conversion after 3 years, the price was Rs.20, the non-resident must get the shares at Rs.20.

Recently at a conference, we were told that the price was to be decided upfront at the time of issue. This was the understanding from 2007 when PCDs and PCPs were banned ! In my view, when PCDs and PCPs were banned, there was nothing in the press releases and Circulars on the pricing issue.

5.1.4 The FDI policy states in clause 3.2.1 that the pricing of the capital instruments should be decided/ determined upfront at the time of issue of the instruments. Does this have any significance?

Does the ‘minimum price’ have to be determined at the time of issue ? Or only the basis for the ‘minimum price’ has to be determined ?

Does it have to be an exact amount, or can it be determined with reference to a basis like price to earnings ratio ?

The FDI policy states that the ‘pricing’ shall be decided/determined at the time of issue. ‘Pricing’ is a broader term. It is different from the term ‘price’. Pricing means basis of the price and not a certain number. Therefore if the basis of the price is determined, but the actual price is determined later, the condition should be considered as complied with.

However the RBI does not appear to have this view.
Let us consider an example below.

5.1.5    The ‘minimum price’ could be as under :

At the time of issue

Rs.
10

At the time of conversion into equity

Rs. 20

From investors’ point of view, there could be bona fide reasons for conversion at a ‘minimum price’ on the date of issue of FCDs/FCPs. They would consider their appreciation from the date of investment.

If the ‘minimum price’ is decided at the time of issue, then the investor will benefit. Consider further that the investor may receive interest on FCDs till the same are converted. In this situation, the investor will get interest, as well as the benefit of conversion at a lower price.

From issuer’s (investee company’s) point of view, there could be bona fide reasons for conversion at a ‘minimum price’ on the date of conversion of FCDs/ FCPs. If the ‘minimum price’ is higher at the time of conversion, the Indian company would not like to give away the shares at a lower price.

This issue has become a grey area. It requires more clarification from the RBI/Government.

In the share purchase agreements, it is advisable to provide that the price at which the FCDs/FCPs will be converted will be on a particular basis; however it will not be less than the price prescribed as per regulations under FEMA.

5.2 Prohibitions :
Apart from the FCDs and FCPs, no other instrument can be issued. It has been specifically stated that warrants and party paid shares cannot be issued.

    6. Trading :

6.1 FDI in trading activities is primarily prohibited. However trading for exports, Cash and Carry trading/ Wholesale trading (WT), single brand retail trading is permitted. (Press Note 4, dated 10-2-2006/clause 5.39 of Consolidated FDI policy.)

6.2 It will be interesting to note the meaning of ‘Cash and Carry’ as understood internationally.

The business format of cash and carry includes the following characteristics :
—  The seller sells on cash.
— Seller does not provide delivery services. The purchaser takes the goods himself. This is a major distinction between normal wholesale trading and cash and carry wholesale trad-ing.
— The volume of trade is not relevant. What is relevant is type of customer — whether he uses the goods for business, or for personal consumption. The customer should use the goods for business.

6.3 This understanding was never explained by the Government in the past. Initially there were several issues on which there was no clarity. Over time however some issues were clarified on the website of DIPP, or by way of clarification from DIPP on a specific request.

The meaning of WT as understood by DIPP is :
— The sale should be to a person who has sales tax number/VAT registration.
Say a hospital wants to buy medical sutures on wholesale basis. The hospital has registration numbers, under various Government authori-ties. Yet it is the ultimate consumer. Whether this was permitted or not was not clear.

— Sale should not be to an end user. i.e., The sale should be to an intermediary like distributor, etc.
— Sale should be on cash basis. Whether normal credit period as prevalent in the industry was permitted or not was not clear. On a specific request, DIPP clarified that normal credit pe-riod was permissible.

Subsequently, the Federation of Associations of Manufacturers had filed a writ petition in the Delhi High Court. In that case, the Government has given its understanding on the meaning of the term ‘Wholesale Cash and Carry trading’. The writ petition was filed mainly because the Government had permitted non-resident investment in B2B e-commerce. The Delhi High Court had said that this is a policy matter. If the Government in its wisdom adopts a modern meaning of ‘wholesale trading’ against a traditional meaning, then it is right in doing so.

6.4 The Consolidated FDI policy now explains this issue elaborately in clause 5.39.1.1. The important clarifications which the policy provides are as under :

— Sale of goods can be to distributors or inter-mediaries, and also to institutions and other professional business users. Thus the Indian company can sell computers in bulk to a person who wants to purchase them for office use.
The sale cannot be for personal consumption of the retail buyer.

Can sale take place to an individual Chartered Accountant in practice who will purchase, say, one box of papers for printing in his office ? Clearly this is permitted. The policy clarifies that — “The yardstick to determine whether the sale is wholesale or not would be the type of customers to whom the sale is made and not the size and volume of the sale.”

Thus essentially sale to end user for personal consumption is not permitted. Sale for busi-ness use is permitted.
Is a sale to a charitable trust or a hospital or an educational institution permitted ? Again the answer is that as these organisations will pur-chase for consumption during the course of their activities, the sale can be undertaken.

—  The policy provides for guidelines as under :
    a) All necessary approvals from Central/ State/ local Government should be obtained by the wholesaler.

    b) Sale to Government is permitted. Sale to person other than the Government will be permitted only when the ‘buyer’ fulfils any one of the following conditions :
    i) The buyer holds sales tax/VAT registration/service tax/excise duty registration; or
    ii) The buyer holds trade licences i.e., a licence/registration certificate/membership certificate/registration under the Shops and Establishment Act, reflecting that the buyer is itself engaged in a busi-ness involving commercial activity; or

    iii) The buyer holds permits/licence, etc. for undertaking retail trade (like tehbazari and similar licence for hawkers); or

    iv) The buyer is an institution having certificate of incorporation or registration as a society or registration as public trust for its self consumption.

    c) Full records of the purchasers including their registration/licence/permit, etc. should be maintained on a day-to-day basis.

    d) WT of goods is permitted among group companies. However, there are further conditions :

— such WT to group companies taken together should not exceed 25% of the total turnover of the wholesale venture.

— the wholesale made to the group com-panies should be for their internal use only.
However, say, for example, if the whole-saler proposes to sell the goods to a group company which is a retailer. Can it be done ? This is clearly a permitted transaction. It cannot be a situation that the wholesaler can sell goods to a 3rd party retailer, but not to its own group company which is a retailer. It is only if the sale to group company is for internal consumption that there is a restriction. However the manner in which the restric-tion has been provided, it seems that sale to group company is permitted only for self-consumption.

    e) WT can be done as per normal business practice. Credit facilities as per normal business practice can be given, subject to applicable regulations.

    f) A Wholesale/Cash & carry trader cannot open retail shops to sell to the consumer directly.
    
7. NBFC activities :
NBFC activities are permitted under automatic route. There are capitalisation norms for such companies. For fund-based activities, in case the non-resident investor wants to invest up to 100% of the equity capital, the minimum capital required to be brought in is US$ 50 mn.

For non-fund-based activities the capitalisation is US$ 0.5 mn. The Consolidated FDI policy now has stated that the following activities will be considered as non-fund based activities :

    a. Investment Advisory Services.
    b. Financial Consultancy.
    c. Forex Trading.
    d. Money Changing Business.
    e. Credit Rating Agencies.

    8. Transfer of shares :
Transfer of shares from an Indian resident to a non-resident is generally under automatic basis. [AP Circular 16, dated 4th October 2004 read with other Circulars]. However if the Indian company is engaged in financial services, and the transfer is from an Indian resident to a non-resident, automatic route is not available.

8.1 DIPP had issued a Press Note No. 4, dated 10-2-2006 stating that transfer of shares of an Indian company engaged in financial services sector will be on automatic basis.

However the RBI had not agreed to that issue. Therefore when the RBI issued the Notification No. 179, dated 22-8-2008 (with effect from 10-2-2006 — the date of DIPP Press Note No. 4), it still provided that automatic route is not available if the Indian company is engaged in financial sector.

Now the FDI policy again states that if the Indian company is engaged in financial services sector, automatic route will not be available.

8.2 The RBI has issued the Notification No. 131, dated 17-3-2005. It has defined ‘financial services’ as ‘service rendered by banking and non-banking companies regulated by the Reserve Bank, insurance, companies regulated by Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority (IRDA) and other companies regulated by any other financial regulator as the case may be.’ The Notification (No. 131) was issued with effect from 16-10-2004 (the date of issue of AP Circular 16, dated 16-10-2004).

Thus if the company is regulated by a financial regulator, automatic route will not be available.

    9. Business services :
Clause 5.20 provides that FDI up to 100% is permitted for business services under automatic route. However it states that FDI is allowed in “Data processing, software development and computer consultancy services; Software supply services; Business and management consultancy services, Market research services, Technical testing & Analysis services.”

Does this mean that FDI is not allowed in other business services ?

This kind of a clarification was not provided in FDI policy earlier. It is also not provided in FEMA Notification.

This cannot be the intention. Any sector where there is no restriction, is freely permitted (clause 5.41 of FDI policy). FDI in service sector has been permitted on automatic basis except in the areas where there is a sectoral cap (like courier services, ground handling services at airports, telecom services, etc.).

In any case, FEMA prevails in case of interpretation issue. Therefore in my view, FDI is freely permitted in ‘services sector’.

See paragraph 2 on the basic FDI policy.

    10. In a nutshell it is a good attempt to provide the entire policy in one document. To refer to various Press Notes spread over a few years is difficult. Some issues will always remain. Over time, these should be sorted out.

The Finance Act, 2008

Redevelopment — Belated withdrawal of No objection or consent and opposition to eviction by society member — Not proper — BMC Act, 1888, MHAD Act, 1976 S. 75 and S. 95A.

New Page 1

[Sushila Digamber Naik & Ors. v. MHADA & Ors., 2010
Vol. 112(2) Bom. L.R. 639]

In the year 2003 majority of members of the
respondent-society including petitioners issued consent letters in support of
redevelopment of the society. The society applied to MHADA for its NOC. MHADA
also issued NOC for redevelopment. The authority issued order for temporary
eviction of tenements for redevelopment, wherein petitioners who had earlier
given consent withdrew the same and challenged the eviction order by the
respondent-authority.

The Court observed that in any redevelopment scheme where the
co-operative housing society/developer appointed by the co-operative housing
society has obtained no objection certificate from the MHADA/Mumbai Board,
thereby sanctioning additional balance FSI with a consent of 70% of its members
and where such NOC holder has made provision for alternative accommodation in
the proposed building (including transit accommodation), then it shall be
obligatory for all the occupiers/members to participate in the redevelopment
scheme and vacate the existing tenements for the purpose of redevelopment. In
case of failure to vacate the existing tenements, the provisions of S. 95A of
the MHADA Act mutatis mutandis shall apply for the purpose of getting the
tenements vacated from the non-co-operative members.

Thus as per the amended provisions of DCR 33(5), the
respondent-authority are empowered to invoke the provisions of S. 95A of the
MHADA Act and the petitioners are not correct in their submission that the
respondent-authority had no jurisdiction to pass the impugned order u/s.95A of
the MHADA Act. The petition was dismissed.

levitra

Nomination under an insurance policy only indicates hand which is authorised to receive the insured amount — Insurance Act, 1938.

New Page 1

[Anita Dilip Gaidhane and Anr. v. Bajirao Madhavrao
Gaidhane and Ors.,
2010 Vol. 112(3) Bom. L.R. 1065]

The respondent No. 1 — father was nominated by the deceased
Dilip while effecting the insurance policies. The appellant i.e., wife and
daughter of the deceased Dilip applied for succession certificate. The Trial
Court refused to grant succession certificate to the appellants on the ground
that the respondent No. 1 — father was nominated by deceased while effecting
insurance policies. The appellants contention was that admittedly they were
class-I heirs, therefore entitled to one-third share in the money payable under
various policies, which could be declared by the Court instead of undergoing
another round of litigation.

The Court held that the amount assured shall be paid to the
nominee in order to give discharge to the insurer, but it does not mean that the
nominee becomes the owner of the amount and that S. 39 cannot operate as a third
kind of succession and the nominee cannot be treated equivalent to an heir or
legatee. At the same time, it also held that the nomination only indicates the
hand which is authorised to receive the amount, on the payment of which the
insurer gets a valid discharge of its liability under the policy. The amount,
however can be claimed by the heirs of the assured in accordance with the law of
succession governing them.

The Court further held that even after remarriage to another
person in a different family, a widow, having acquired absolute interest in the property of her deceased husband, is
not divested of the same. To avoid multiplicity of litigation, the Court
directed the insurance company to release the amount payable under the policies
to the father and on receipt of the amount payable under the policies, the
father shall distribute the same to the appellants in equal proportion.

levitra

Mens rea and penalty u/s.271(1)(c) of the Income-tax Act, 1961

Case Study

Case Study No. 1


1.0 Facts of the case :



1.1 Mr. Shivdasani, the assessee, filed his return of
income for A.Y.2006-07 declaring an income of Rs.5,00,000. Mr. Shivdasani
claimed a deduction u/s.35 in respect of a contribution of Rs.1,00,000 to an
institution approved for the purpose of S.35. The institution has issued a
receipt in acknowledgement of the contribution. The receipt bore the approval
number.

1.2 In the course of assessment, it is found that the
institution to which the contribution was made was not approved for the
purpose of S.35. The institution had forged the approval. The A.O. disallows
the claim and initiates proceedings for imposing penalty under S.271(1)(c) for
furnishing inaccurate particulars of income.

1.3 Mr. Shivdasani replies to the show-cause notice issued
for imposing penalty. One of the contentions of Mr. Shivdasani is that he
genuinely believed that the institution was approved for the purpose of S.35,
and that the claim was not mala fide.

1.4 The A.O. nevertheless imposes penalty on the ground
that the issue whether there was a bona fide belief or that the
intention was not mala fide in making a claim for a deduction, was
irrelevant particularly after the Honourable Supreme Court’s decision in the
case of UoI vs. Dharmendra Textiles Processors, 306 ITR 277. According
to the A.O. it is sufficient for imposing penalty that there results evasion
of tax on account of a claim made in the return which claim is found untenable
on assessment. The A.O. also highlights the fact that the assessee has
accepted the disallowance by not preferring an appeal against the assessment
order.

1.5 The assessee prefers an appeal against the penalty
order. Your views are solicited on the submissions to be made to the CIT(A) in
connection with the appeal filed against the penalty order.

2.0 Submissions :



2.1 It is true that it is irrelevant in penalty proceedings
under civil law whether there was guilty mind (mens rea) or not. In
other words, it is not necessary to prove presence of mens rea in
penalties imposable under civil law, more so after the decision of the SC in
the case of Dharmendra Textiles Processors (supra). However, this
decision should not be applied in a blanket manner to all penalty matters
under the Income-tax Act, for the reasons, one, that the SC decision does not
directly deal with a penalty imposable under S.271(1)(c), and two, the
decision does not make S.273 B otiose. That is, an assessee can always explain
the circumstances which led him to believe that his claim for a deduction was
made bona fide. S.273 B requires an A.O. to consider the reply
furnished by the assessee under S.273B, and it is only after the A.O. has come
to the conclusion that there was no reasonable cause for the assessee to make
the claim under S.35 that the A.O. can impose penalty. In this case, the
appellant did have a receipt issued by the donee institution indicating that
it was an approved institution under S.35, giving no reason to the assessee to
suspect its genuineness. Thus, the appellant had reason to believe that his
claim was legitimate.

2.2 The case of the appellant is also not governable by
Explanation 1 to S.271(1) to say that the assessee is deemed to have
concealed the particulars of his income. The Explanation is reproduced here :

Explanation 1 — Where in respect of any facts
material to the computation of the total income of any person under this
Act, —


(A) such person fails to offer an explanation or offers
an explanation which is found by the Assessing Officer or the Commissioner
(Appeals) or the Commissioner to be false, or

(B) such person offers an explanation which he is not
able to substantiate and fails to prove that such explanation is bona
fide
and that all the facts relating to the same and material to the
computation of his total income have been disclosed by him,


then, the amount added or disallowed in computing the
total income of such person as a result thereof shall, for the purposes of
clause (c) of this sub-section, be deemed to represent the income in respect
of which particulars have been concealed.


2.3 One can see that this is not a case where the appellant
fails to offer an explanation. It is also not a case where the explanation as
offered by the appellant is found to be false. It must be remembered that what
is found to be false in this case is the ‘receipt’ issued by the donee
institution, not the explanation of the appellant. Therefore clause (A) of
Explanation 1 does not apply.

The appellant has shown that his explanation is made
bona fide
which he is substantiating with the receipt issued by the
institution. It is also not a case where all the facts relating to the claim
and material to the computation of income have not been disclosed. Therefore,
clause (B) of Explanation 1 will also not apply. The A.O., therefore, cannot
hold any income in respect of which particulars have been, or deemed to have
been, concealed.

2.5 In view of the above submissions, the penalty as
imposed may be deleted.


Case Study No. 2

1.0 Facts of the case :


1.1 Mr. Haridasani was a resident of Dubai for a number of years. Later, he moved to India and started business.

1.2 For F.Y.2005-06, relevant to A.Y.2006-07, Mr. Haridasani had acquired the status of Resident and Ordinarily Resident. Since the business operations of Mr. Haridasani were low and since Mr. Haridasani had only the income from investments held abroad, he had not engaged services of any professional to assist him in preparation of his return of income.

1.3 Mr. Haridasani declared only his Indian income in the return for A.Y.2006-07. He filed his full personal accounts with the return of income showing all his investments in India and abroad and also filed full extracts of bank accounts showing credit in respect of all income including income earned abroad. He had filed his earlier returns similarly in respect of the preceding years. The case for A.Y. 2006-07 was for the first time selected for scrutiny under 5.143. The A.O., on finding his income abroad, brought it to tax and imposed penalty for concealment of income. Mr. Haridasani had pleaded innocence and lack of familiarity with the Indian laws since he had stayed abroad for a number of years and also for the fact that he had not engaged any professional to advise him. His pleas were turned down and penalty for concealment of income was imposed. The A.a. also mentioned in”his penalty order that innocence, or lack of mens rea, was no longer available as a defence since the promulgation of the SC decision in the case of UoI. vs. Dharmendra Textiles Processors, 306 ITR 277. Mr. Haridasani had preferred an appeal against the order imposing penalty and seeks your advice in preparing arguments to be made before CIT(A).

2.0 Submissions:

2.1 The penalty in this case is imposed for the act of ‘concealment of income’ as opposed to the act of ‘furnishing inaccurate particulars of income’. The two acts, namely, of ‘concealment of income’ and of ‘furnishing inaccurate particulars of income’ are two different circumstances both leading to penalty under S.271(1)(c) — Please refer to eIT vs. Indian Metal & Ferro Alloys Ltd., 117 CTR (Ori) 378, which succinctly draws distinction between the two circumstances and explains what they mean. The following passage from the said decision is self explanatory.

“The expressions ‘has concealed the particulars of income’ and ‘has furnished inaccurate particulars of income’ have not been defined either in Section 271(1)(c) or elsewhere in the Act. One thing is certain that these two circumstances are not identical in details although they may lead to the same effect, namely, keeping off a certain portion of income. The former is direct and the latter may be indirect in its execution. The word ‘conceal’ is derived from the Latin word ‘concolare’ which implies ‘to hide’. Webster’s New International Dictionary equates its meaning to ‘hide or withdraw from observation; to cover or keep from sight; to prevent the discovery of; to withhold knowledge of’. The offence of concealment is thus a direct attempt to hide an item of income or a portion thereof from the knowledge of the Income-tax authorities. In furnishing its return of income, an assessee is required to furnish particulars and accounts on which such returned income has been arrived at. These may be particulars as per its books of account if it has maintained them, or any other basis upon which it has arrived at the returned figure of income. Any inaccuracymade in such books of account or otherwise which results in keeping off or hiding a portion of its income is punishable as furnishing inaccurate particulars of its income.”

2.2 Once the position is admitted that the circumstance leading to penalty is ‘concealment of income’, one must proceed to find out the applicability of the ratio of the SC decision in the case of UoI. vs. Dharmendra Textiles Processors, 306 ITR 277.

2.3 It is true that the said decision does lay down the principle that the presence of mens rea need not be proved in civil matters before imposing penalty unlike in criminal matters. However, the said principle comes with a caveat. The caveat is that mens rea need not be proved only if the language of a provision imposing penalty does not require the presence of mens rea to be proved. In other words, if the language requires that a penalty cannot be imposed unless the assessee had a guilty mind before committing the act leading to the penalty, then the presence or absence of a guilty mind assumes importance. As per the decision in the case of Dharmendra Textiles Processors what is of paramount importance is the language of the provisions imposing penalty. The Honourable SC has also relied on the language of S.276C providing for prosecution in cases where a person wilfully attempts to evade tax, to make the point since this provision requires the element of mens rea to be proved before the person can be prosecuted because the language of the provision clearly requires so, the person cannot be prosecuted unless he had a guilty mind. Moreover, while deciding the case of Dharmendra Textiles Processors, the SC has approvingly quoted from its earlier decision in the case of Gujarat Travancore Agency vs. CIT, 177 ITR 455. According to the said decision which was rendered in the context of S.271(1)(a) of the Act, the SC confirmed penalty imposed under S.271(1)(a)where the appellant had no malafide in filing his return late because the Court did not find anything in the language of S.271(1)(a) which required the presence of mens rea to be established before a penalty could be imposed. Thus, what is important is not whether the presence of mens rea is essential or not before imposing penalty in civil matters, but the language of the particular provision under which the penalty is sought to be imposed.

2.4 With the above back ground let us see whether the language of S.271(1)(c) requires the presence of mens rea when the penalty is sought to be imposed on the ground that the assessee has concealed the particulars of his income.

2.5 The words used in these provisions are ‘the assessee has concealed … ‘. As per the standard dictionary the word ‘conceal’ in ordinary English means, ‘I. to hide; withdraw or remove from observation; cover or keep from sight: e.g., He concealed the gun under his coat. 2. to keep secret; to prevent or avoid disclosing or divulging: e.g., to conceal one’s identity by using a false name. In this regard, please also refer to the decision in CIT vs. Indian Metal & Ferro Alloys Ltd., 117 CTR (Ori.) 378 and particularly to the passage reproduced in paragraph 2.1 above which explains the meaning of the word ‘conceal’.

2.6 One may appreciate that the idea of deliberateness is implicit in the word ‘conceal’. Concealment is not accidental or involuntary, it is planned and voluntary. The following observations of the Honourable SC made in the case of T. Ashok Pai vs. CIT, 292 ITR 11 still hold good:

“concealment of income’ and ‘furnishing of inaccura te particulars’ carry different connotations. Concealment refers to a deliberate act on the part of the assessee. A mere omission or negligence would not constitute a deliberate act of suppressio veri or suggestio falsi”.

2.6 Therefore, it is submitted that if the charge on the assessee is of concealing particulars of his income, the assessee can rebut the charge by proving lack of mens rea. This construction of the provision is not inconsistent with the ratio of the Honourable SC’s decision in the case of Dharmendra Textiles Processors (supra) for the reason that the said decision also lays stress on the language of particular provision imposing penalty. The decision merely forbids the presumption of requirement of proving mens rea; it does not say that one should ignore such requirement if it is demanded by the very provision imposing penalty.

2.7 In view of the submissions and the facts of the case, penalty should be deleted.

Author’s Note:
The stand taken in these case studies seems to be vindicated by the recent decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Uol vs. Rajasthan Spinning & Weaving Mills – Civil Appeal No. 2523 of 2009, where the Supreme Court has explained its decision in Dharmendra Textile Processor’s case.

Foreign Exchange Regulation Act— Contravention of provisions of Act — Adjudication proceedings and criminal prosecution can be launched simultaneously — If the exoneration in the adjudication proceedings is on merits criminal prosecution on same set of facts cannot be allowed.

Foreign Exchange Regulation Act— Contravention of provisions of Act — Adjudication proceedings and criminal prosecution can be launched simultaneously — If the exoneration in the adjudication proceedings is on merits criminal prosecution on same set of facts cannot be allowed.

[Radheshyam Kejriwal v. State of West Bengal and Anr., (2011) 333 ITR 58 (SC)]

On 22nd May, 1992 various premises in the occupation of the appellant Radheshyam Kejriwal besides other persons were searched by the officers of the Enforcement Directorate. The appellant was arrested on 3rd May, 1992 by the officers of the Enforcement Directorate in exercise of the power u/s.35 of the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Act’) and released on bail on the same day. Further the appellant was summoned by the officers of the Enforcement Directorate to give evidence in exercise of the power u/s.40 of the Act and in the light thereof his statement was recorded on various dates, viz., 22nd May, 1992, March 10, 1993, March 16, 1993, 17th March, 1993 and 22nd March, 1993. On the basis of materials collected during search and from the statement of the appellant it appeared to the Enforcement Directorate that the appellant, a person resident in India, without any general or specific exemption from the Reserve Bank of India made payments amounting to Rs.24,75,000 to one Piyush Kumar Barodia in March/April, 1992 as consideration for or in association with the receipt of payment of U.S. $ 75,000 at the rate of Rs.33 per U.S. dollar by the applicant’s nominee abroad in Yugoslavia. It further appeared to the Enforcement Directorate that the transaction involved conversion of Indian currency into foreign currency at rates of exchange other than the rates for the time being authorised by the Reserve Bank of India. In the opinion of the Enforcement Directorate the act of the appellant in making the aforesaid payment of Rs.24,75,000 in Indian currency at the rate of Rs.33 per U.S. dollar against the official rate of dollar, i.e., Rs.30 per dollar (approximately), contravened the provisions of section 8(2) of the Act. Further the said payment having been made without any general or special exemption from the Reserve Bank of India, the appellant had contravened the provisions of section 9(1)(f) of the Act and accordingly rendered himself liable to imposition of penalty u/s.50 of the Act. The Enforcement Directorate was further of the opinion that by abetting in contravening the pro-visions of sections 9(1)(f)(i) and 8(2) of the Act read with the provisions of section 64(2) of the Act, the appellant had rendered himself liable for penalty u/s.50 of the Act.

Accordingly, a show-cause notice dated 7th May, 1993 was issued by the Special Director of the Directorate of Enforcement calling upon the appellant to show cause as to why adjudication proceedings as contemplated u/s.51 of the Act be not held against him for the contraventions pointed above. Show-cause notice dated 7th May, 1993 referred to above led to institution of proceedings u/s.51 of the Act (hereinafter referred to as the ‘adjudication proceedings’). The Adjudication Officer came to the conclusion that the allegation made against the appellant of contravention of the provisions of sections 8, 9(1)(f)(i) and 8(2) of the Act read with section 64(2) of the Act could not be sustained. According to the Adjudication Officer, it had not been proved beyond reasonable doubt that a sum of Rs.24,75,000 had been actually paid, since there was no documentary evidence except the statement of Shri Piyush Kumar Barodia and a retracted statement of Shri Radheshyam. Since the Enforcement Directorate had not challenged the adjudication order it had become final.

Since any person contravening the provisions of section 8 and 9 of the Act besides other provisions is liable to be prosecuted u/s.56, a notice for prosecution came to be issued on 29-12-1994. After hearing, a complaint was lodged before the Metropolitan Magistrate. The application of the appellant for dropping the prosecution inter alia on the ground that on the same allegation the adjudication proceedings have been dropped was rejected by the Metropolitan Magistrate by his order dated 2-9-1997. The criminal revision application before the Calcutta High Court was rejected by an order dated 10-8-2001.

On further appeal, the Supreme Court observed that the ratio of various decisions on the subject could be broadly stated as follows:

(i)    Adjudication proceedings and criminal prosecution can be launched simultaneously;

(ii)    Decision in adjudication proceedings is not necessary before initiating criminal prosecution.

(iii)    Adjudication proceedings and criminal proceedings are independent in nature to each other;

(iv)    The finding against the person facing prosecution in the adjudication proceeding is not binding on the proceedings for criminal prosecution;

(v)    An adjudication proceeding by the Enforcement Directorate is not a prosecution by a competent court of law to attract the provisions of Article 20(2) of the Constitution or section 300 of the Code of Criminal Procedure;

(vi)    The finding in the adjudication proceedings in favour of the person facing trial for identical violation will depend upon the nature of the finding. If the exoneration in the adjudication proceedings is on technical ground and not on the merits, prosecution may continue; and

(vii)    In case of exoneration, however, on the merits where the allegation is found to be not sustainable at all and the person held innocent, criminal prosecution on the same set of facts and circumstances cannot be allowed to continue, the underlying principle being the higher standard of proof in criminal cases.

In the opinion of the Supreme Court, therefore, the yardstick would be to judge as to whether the allegation in the adjudication proceedings as well as the proceeding for prosecution is identical and the exoneration of the person concerned in the adjudication proceeding is on the merits. In case it is found on the merits that there is no contravention of the provisions of the Act in the adjudication proceeding, the trial of the person concerned shall be in abuse of the process of the Court.

Bearing in mind the principles aforesaid, the Supreme Court proceeded to consider the case of the appellant. The Supreme Court noted that in the adjudication proceedings, on the merits the adjudicating authority had categorically held that the charges against Shri Radheshyam Kejriwal for contravening the provisions of section 9(1)(f)(i) and section 8(2) r.w.s. 64(2) of the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 could not be sustained. The Supreme Court held that in the face of the aforesaid finding by the Enforecement Directorate in the adjudication proceedings that there is no contravention of any of the provisions of the Act, it would be unjust and an abuse of the process of the Court to permit the Enforcement Directorate to continue with the criminal prosecution. In the result, the Supreme Court by majority allowed the appeal and set aside the judgment of the learned Metropolitan Magistrate and the order affirming the same by the High Court and the appellant’s prosecution was quashed.

However, in a dissenting judgment separately delivered by P. Sathasivam J., it was held that considering the interpretation relating to sections 50, 51 and 56 by various decisions, in a statute relating to economic offences, there was no reason to restrict the scope of any provisions of the Act. These provisions ensured that no economic loss was caused by the alleged contravention by the imposition of an appropriate penalty after adjudication u/s.51 of the Act and to ensure that the tendency to violate is guarded by imposing appropriate punishment in terms of section 56 of the Act. Section 23D of the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1947 had a proviso which indicated that the adjudication for the imposition of penalty should precede making of complaint in writing to the Court concerned for prosecuting the offender. The absence of a similar proviso to section 51 or to section 56 of the present 1973 Act was a clear indication that the Legislature intended to treat the two proceedings as independent of each other. There was nothing in the present Act to indicate that a finding in adjudication is binding on the Court in a prosecution u/s.56 of the Act or that the prosecution u/s.56 depends upon the result of adjudication u/s.51 of the Act. The two proceedings were independent and irrespective of the outcome of the decision u/s.50, there could not be any bar in initiating prosecution u/s.56. The scheme of the Act made it clear that the adjudication by the concerned authorities and the prosecution were distinct and separate. It was further held that no doubt, the conclusion of the adjudication, in the case on hand, the decision of the Special Director dated 18th November, 1996 may be a point for the appellant and it is for him to put forth the same before the Magistrate. Inasmuch as the FERA contains certain provisions and features which cannot be equated with the provisions of the Income-tax Act or the Customs Act and in the light of the mandate of section 56 of the FERA, it is the duty of the Criminal Court to discharge its functions vested with it and give effect to the legislative intention, particularly, in the context of the scope and object of the FERA which was enacted for the economic development of the country and augmentation of revenue. Though the Act has since been repealed and is not applicable at present, those provisions cannot be lightly interpreted taking note of the object of the Act.

In view of the above analysis and discussion, the dissenting Judge agreed with the conclusion arrived at by the Metropolitan Magistrate, Calcutta as well as the decision of the High Court.

Section 50C of the Income tax Act — a tool to tackle menace of black money

The Government has been rightly concerned about the component of black money in real estate transactions and consequent evasion of tax. With a view to curb the said menace and to tax the unaccounted money, the Government has time and again made amendments in the Income-tax Act (Act) by introducing different provisions to tackle the issue.

Under the Act of 1922 , we had the first proviso to Section 12B(2), which entitled the Assessing Officer to ignore the actual consideration received for the transfer and to substitute a notional or artificial consideration based on the fair market value of the asset on the date of transfer in such cases where the transfer was to a person directly or indirectly connected with the assessee and the Income-tax officer had reason to believe that the transfer was effected with the object of avoidance or reduction of the liability of the assessee to capital gains tax. With the enactment of the 1961 Act, the said provision found place in Section 52 of the said Act. It provided that only when both the conditions specified in the said Section were satisfied, viz. (1) the transfer was effected with the object of avoidance or reduction of the liability of the assessee under Section 45 and (2) the fair market value exceeded the amount of declared consideration by more than 15%, that the difference between the agreed consideration and market value could be subjected to tax. The scope of the said provision was thus restricted. The said provision was found unworkable as the Assessing Officers found it difficult to establish that the consideration had been understated with the object of avoidance or reduction of the capital gains tax liability. The vires of this Section was examined by the famous decision of the Apex Court in K. P. Varghese’s case 131 ITR 597 (SC) and the provisions were made virtually inapplicable.

Thereupon in the year 1982, Chapter XXA was inserted in the Act, providing for compulsory acquisition of immovable properties. As the provisions of the said Chapter too were not successful in arresting the proliferation of black money in the transfer of immovable properties, the said Chapter was replaced by a new Chapter XXC by the Finance Act, 1986. Under the provisions contained in the said Chapter XXC any person intending to transfer immovable property in specified areas at values exceeding specified amounts was required to file a statement in Form 37-I before the appropriate authority within the prescribed time before the intended date of transfer. The transfer could be effected, only if the appropriate authority did not pass an order of pre- emptive purchase of the property and a ‘No Objection Certificate’ was issued by the said authority. As compared to Chapter XXA, the said Chapter XXC did not provide for compulsory acquisition of immovable properties, but enabled the Central Government to purchase the property which had already been offered for sale. The said Chapter was found to be creating procedural delay in registration of transfers. The provisions of the said Chapter were read down by the Apex Court in C. B. Gautam’s case 199 ITR 530 (SC) and were finally abandoned with a view to remove the source of hardship to the taxpayers and instead Section 50C was introduced by the Finance Act, 2002.

The said Section provides that where the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of land or building or both is less than the value adopted or assessed by any authority of a State Government for the purpose of payment of stamp duty in respect of such transfer, the value so adopted or assessed shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration and capital gains shall be computed accordingly. The said provision has been enacted notwithstanding adverse observations that had been made by the various courts of law against the reliance on stamp duty valuations for the purpose of computation of capital gains. The Gujarat High Court in the case of New Kalindi Kamavati Co-op. Housing Society Ltd. vs. State of Gujarat & Ors. (2006)(2) Guj. L. R. Vol. XLVII(2) has observed that the valuation adopted by the Stamp authorities cannot be considered conclusive. The Court while observing that : Sole reliance was placed on ‘jantri’ by Dy. Collector for determination of market value for stamp duty held that ‘jantri’; i.e., market valuation record book maintained by the Stamp Valuation authorities reflects probable market value and the same was not a conclusive evidence.

The Allahabad High Court in the matter of Dinesh Kumar Mittal vs. ITO & Ors., 193 ITR 770 (All) has observed : We are of the opinion that we cannot recognise any rule of law to the effect that the value determined for the purpose of stamp duty is the actual consideration passing between the parties to a sale. The actual consideration may be more or may be less. What is the actual consideration that passed between the parties is a question of fact to be determined in each case having regard to the fact and circumstances of the case.

The Madras High Court in the case of Hindustan Motors Ltd. vs. Members, Appropriate Authority, (2001) 249 ITR 424 (Mad.) while dealing with the provisions of Chapter XX-C of the Income-tax Act has observed : Guideline values are fixed by registering authorities for purposes of collection of stamp duty and therefore, those guidelines can have no application for determining market value under Chapter XX-C . . . . Valuation depends on the location of property, the purpose for which the property is used, the nature of the property, and the time when the agreement is entered into and similar other objective factors. The valuation therefore has to be done by a method, which is more objective and can furnish reliable data to arrive at a just conclusion. The market rates notified by the Sub Registrar for the purpose of registration cannot be proper guide for valuation in respect of pre-emptive purchase.

The constitutional validity of the provisions of Section 50C was challenged before the Madras High Court in the case of K. R. Palanisamy vs. UOI, 306 ITR 61 (Mad). The provisions of the Section were attacked on the following grounds :

(i) lack of legislative competence — It was urged that while under Entry 82 List I of Schedule VII of the Constitution of India, tax could be levied on income other than agricultural income, Section 50C seeks to charge tax on artificial or deemed income, which is neither received nor is accrued;

ii) provisions of Section SOC are arbitrary in nature due to adoption of guideline values and thus being violative of Article 14 of the Constitution – It was urged that the provisions contained in the said Section fail to take cognizance of genuine cases, where actual sale consideration passing between the parties for various valid reasons could be lower than the guideline values, which it was further urged are normally fixed for survey numbers or particular area and it fails to take into account that within the particular area the value of the property may differ widely depending upon various locational advantages and disadvantages;

iii) the provisions of the Section are discretionary inasmuch as it covers only the transfer of the property in the nature of ‘capital asset’ leaving out of its ambit the transfer of land and building held as trading asset/stock-in-trade, as there is no deeming provision that could apply to the determination of income under the head ‘profits and gains of business or profession’;

iv) the provisions being beyond the legislative competence and violative of Articles 14 and 265 of the Constitution should be read down.

The Court while upholding constitutional validity of the provisions of Section SOCobserved that these provisions are directed only to check and prevent the evasion of tax by undervaluing the consideration of the transfer of capital assets and held that when there is a factual avoidance of tax in terms of law, the Legislature is justified in enacting the impugned provisions and it is not hit by the legislative incompetence of the Central Legislature. The Court while referring to the provisions contained in Section 47A of the Indian Stamp Act, 1989, pointed out that every safeguard has been provided allowing the aggrieved assessees to establish before the authorities the real value for which the capital asset has been transferred. The Collector is empowered to determine the market value of the property after giving an opportunity of being heard. The Court further ruled that sub-sections 2 and 3 of Section SOC further provide safeguard to the assessees in the sense that if the assessee claims before the Assessing Officer that the value adopted by the stamp duty authorities exceeds the fair market value and the value adopted by the stamp duty authorities has not been disputed in any appeal or revision before any authority, the Assessing Officer may refer the valuation of the capital asset to the Department Valuation Officer and if the value determined by the DVO be more than the value adopted by the stamp duty authority, the AO shall adopt the market value as determined by the stamp duty authorities. The Court thus held that the contention that Section 50C is arbitrary and violative of Article 14 cannot be accepted. In the context of the contention that the impugned provision is discriminatory, the Court while relying on a number of juridical pronouncements of the Apex Court ruled that: There exists intelligible differentia between the categories of assets, which had a rational nexus with the object of plugging the leakage of tax on income from the capital asset by undervaluation of the document. Thus holding that ‘differentiation is not always discriminatory’ it held that the contention that the impugned provision is discriminatory cannot be accepted. As regards the last contention, the Court ruled that in view of sufficient opportunity being available to the assessees under the Stamp Act to dislodge the value adopted by the stamp authorities the provision is not hit by legislative incompetence.

In the context of the safeguard available to the assessees under sub-Section (2) of Section 50C for reference being made to D.V.O. for determining the value of the property, it may, with due respect to the Hon’ble High Court, be pointed out that the word ‘may’ occurring in the said sub-Section suggests that the option in this regard is vested in the Assessing Officer, who may choose to refer the valuation to DVO or not.

The said question came up for consideration before the Jodhpur Bench of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal in the case of Meghraj Baid vs. ITO, (2008) 4 DTR 509. The Tribunal in that case took the view that in case the AO did not agree with the explanation of the assessee with regard to lower consideration disclosed by him, then the Assessing Officer should refer the matter to DVO for determination of the fair market value. The Tribunal observed that if the provision was read to mean that if the AO was not satisfied with the explanation of the assessee, then he has a discretion to not send the matter to DVO, the provision would then be rendered redundant. Since the Courts of law, as discussed hereinabove have observed that the value determined for the purpose of stamp duty is not conclusive evidence of the actual consideration passing between the parties to a sale, the principles of natural justice demand that in all such cases, where there is a difference between the agreed consideration and the value assessed for the purpose of stamp duty, the AO should refer the matter to DVO for determination of fair market value for the purpose of computing capital gains, instead of placing sole reliance on the value determined for stamp duty in all cases where the assessee has computed capital gains on the basis of agreement value.

The Income-tax Appellate Tribunal in the case of Navneet Kumar Thakkar vs. ITO, (2007) 112 TIJ 76 (Jd) held that unless the property transferred has become the subject matter of registration and for that purpose has been assessed by the stamp duty authorities at a value higher than the amount of agreed consideration, the provisions of Section 50C cannot come into operation. This decision seems to provide for a release from the stringent clutches of S.50c. It is seen that quite often than not the parties do not register the sale deeds. In such cases, the onus would be upon the revenue to establish that the sale consideration declared by the assessee was understated and in such event as observed by the Tribunal, the ratio of the decisions of the Apex Court in the matter of K. P. Varghese vs. ITO, 131 ITR 597 and CIT vs. Shivakarni Co. Pvt. Ltd. (1986) 159 ITR 71 would be applicable. The Supreme Court in the case of Varghese was concerned with the provisions of Section 52(2) of the Act, which was in force at the relevant time and had remained on the statute till 31.3.1987. The said Section provided that where in the opinion of the Assessing Officer the fair market value (FMV) of the capital asset on the date of its transfer exceeded the sale consideration by not less than 15 per cent, the Assessing Officer with the previous approval of the Inspecting Asst. Commissioner can adopt FMV as the full consideration received by the assessee. It was held by the Apex Court that Section 52(2) can be invoked only where the consideration for the transfer has been understated by the assessee or in other words, the consideration actually received by the assessee is more than what is declared or disclosed by him and the burden of proving such an understatement is on the Revenue. It was also observed that the said Section has no application in the case of an honest and bona fide transaction, where the consideration in respect of transfer has been correctly declared or disclosed by the assessee even if the condition of 15 per cent difference between the FMV of the capital asset as on the date of transfer exceeds full value of the consideration declared by the assessee. If, therefore, the Revenue seeks to bring a case within sub-Section (1), it must show not only that the fair market value of the capital asset as on the date of transfer exceeds the full value of the consideration declared by the assessee by not less 15 per cent of the value so declared but also that the consideration has been understated and the assessee has actually received more than what is declared by him. These are two conditions which have to be satisfied before sub-Section (2) can be invoked by the Revenue and the burden of showing that these two conditions are satisfied rests upon the Revenue.

It may further be pointed out that Section 50C targets the vendor or transferor of the property and not the purchaser or transferee. It is an accepted position in law that the legal fiction cannot be extended beyond the purpose for which it is enacted. Section sac embodies the legal fiction by which the value assessed by the stamp duty authorities is considered as the full value of consideration for the property transferred. It cannot thus be extended to rope in the purchasers on the ground of undisclosed investment. It may nonetheless be pointed out that in the case of Dinesh Kumar Mittal vs. ITa and Ors., (1992) 193 ITR 770 (All) the Income-tax officer in the course of proceedings relating to AY 1984-85 had invoked the provisions of Section 69 of the Act in the hands of purchaser by holding that the purchase consideration declared was less than the value determined for the purpose of stamp duty and had made an addition of 50 per cent of the difference in his hands. The said addition was upheld by AAC and the revision petition moved by the assessee was rejected by the CIT. The Allahabad High Court while holding that there was no rule of law to the effect that the value determined for the purpose of stamp duty was the actual consideration passing between the parties to a sale had eventually quashed all the three orders and had remanded the matter to the ITO for determination of actual consideration, which was paid by the assessee.

Section 69 does not embody the legal fiction by which the value assessed by stamp authorities could be considered to be the actual consideration paid by the purchaser of the property. In fact in Section 69 the word ‘may’ has been deliberately used. It may be recalled that when the Bill was introduced for insertion of S.69, in the Parliament the draft provision required that the value of investment ‘shall’ be deemed to be the income of the assessee for such financial year. However at the suggestion of the Select Committee of the Parliament, the word ‘may’ was substituted for the word ‘shall’ and has been finally adopted in the Act. It indicates that there is no presumption that unexplained investment must necessarily be added to the assessee’s income. It vests substantial amount of discretion unto the Income-tax authorities. The Courts have ruled that even ‘the unsatisfactoriness of the explanation need and did not automatically result in deeming the value of investment to be the income of the assesee’. That is still a matter within the discretion of the officer and therefore of the Tribunal as has been held in [(1980) 123 ITR 3 (Ker) and, (1995) 216 ITR 301 (AP)]. Thus it may be concluded that the scope of Section sac is limited to the extent that it cannot be utilised as a tool for additions in the hands of a purchaser.

PAN Or PAIN : An Analysis of S. 206AA(1)

Article

The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2009 has introduced S. 206AA in the
Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act in short). This Section employs provisions relating to
collection and recovery of tax to enforce certain requirements in relation to
permanent account number (PAN in short). This Section has come into force with
effect from 1-4-2010. Among the several sub-sections of this provision, it is S.
206AA(1) which has wide ranging impact on the working of tax collection
mechanism in India. In this article we examine the scope and applicability of S.
206AA(1).


S. 206AA :

S. 206AA(1) requires any person (deductee in short),
receiving any sum, income or amount which is liable to tax deduction at source (TDS
in short), to furnish his PAN to the person responsible to deduct tax at source
(deductor in short). In case the deductee fails to furnish his PAN, the deductor
is liable to deduct tax on the sum, income or amount (income in short) payable
to the deductee, at a rate which is higher of (1) the rate specified in the Act;
(2) the rate or rates in force or (3) 20%. S. 206AA(1) provides as under :

“(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other
provisions of this Act, any person entitled to receive any sum or income or
amount, on which tax is deductible under Chapter XVIIB (hereafter referred to
as deductee) shall furnish his Permanent Account Number to the person
responsible for deducting such tax (hereafter referred to as deductor),
failing which tax shall be deducted at the higher of the following rates,
namely :


(i) at the rate specified in the relevant provision of
this Act; or

(ii) at the rate or rates in force; or

(iii) at the rate of 20%.”



S. 206AA(1) will be attracted only if the following
ingredients thereof are fulfilled :

(a) The deductee in question should be entitled to receive
any sum, income or amount;

(b) Tax should be deductible at source from such income
under Chapter XVIIB;

(c) The deductee should be liable to furnish his PAN to
person responsible to deduct tax at source on such income.

(d) The deductee should have failed to furnish his PAN to
the person responsible to deduct tax at source.





The implication of these conditions is as under :

(a) Entitled to receive any sum, income or amount :


The first requirement is that the deductee should be entitled
to receive any income. S. 206AA(1) employs the words ‘entitled to receive’. The
term ‘entitle’ is defined in the case of Jopp v. Wood, (1865) 46 ER 400
(cited from Advanced Law Lexicon, P. Ramanatha Aiyer, 3rd Edition, 2005, page
1611) as ‘to give a claim, right, or title to; to give a right to demand or
receive, to furnish with grounds for claiming.’.

This indicates that a prior right to receive the income
should exist before S. 206AA(1) is attracted. In the absence of any prior right
to receive the income, whether contractually or statutorily, S. 206AA(1) is not
triggered. For example, gift of money or property, would not attract S.
206AA(1), even though if falls within the definition of term ‘income’ under S.
2(24) and is subject to provisions of Chapter XVIIB.

(b) Tax should be deductible at source under Chapter XVIIB :


S. 206AA(1) applies only when the tax is deductible at source
under Chapter XVIIB on the income under consideration. Use of the word
‘deductible’ indicates that there should be a statutory obligation to deduct tax
at source. In other words, where tax is deducted at source by abundant caution
or by mistake, though not required by Chapter XVIIB, S. 206AA(1) would not
apply.

Further, such obligation to deduct tax at source should exist
after 1-4-2010. S. 206AA(1) would not apply to a case where a person is entitled
to receive any income, on which tax has already been deducted prior to 1-4-2010.
This is for the reasons that no tax would be again deductible on the said sum
after 1-4-2010.

Obligation to deduct tax at source under Chapter XVIIB is
attracted only if there is any income which is chargeable to tax in the hands of
the deductee u/s.4(1). Without the charging provision u/s.4(1) getting
attracted, the machinery provision for collection of taxes due thereon would not
apply. This is by virtue of S. 4(2) which is the enabling provision for
collection of tax. S. 4(2) enables collection of taxes by various methods
including by deduction of tax at source only in respect of income chargeable
u/s.4(1). S. 4(2) provides as under :

“(2) In respect of income chargeable U/ss.(1), income-tax
shall be deducted at the source or paid in advance, where it is so deductible
or payable under any provision of this Act.”

The provisions of Chapter XVIIB deal with collection and
recovery of tax by way deduction at source. These provisions draw their support
from S. 4(2), which is the enabling provision. S. 206AA being part of Chapter
XVIIB is attracted only when the deductee is entitled to receive any income
which is chargeable to tax u/s.4(1).

Tax will not be deductible merely because S. 4(1) is
satisfied. There should be a specific provision in Chapter XVIIB for deduction
of tax at source on the income received by the deductee. There are several
incomes which are not subject to TDS provisions. In case the deductee is
entitled to receive such incomes, S. 206AA(1) would not be attracted.

(c)
Obligation to
furnish PAN :



In case the first two requirements stated above are
satisfied, S. 206AA(1) requires the deductee to furnish his PAN to the person
responsible to deduct tax at source. Once the assessee has PAN, he becomes
obligated to furnish it to the person responsible to deduct the same. This
aspect of the matter is discussed in detail later.


(d) Failure to furnish PAN :


The fourth condition is that there should be a failure to furnish PAN once an obligation to furnish PAN gets attached. S. 206AA(1) employs the words ‘failing which’. The word ‘failing’ stems from the word ‘fail’. Word ‘fail’ means ‘to leave something unperformed though required to be performed’. It also means ‘to fall short in attainment or performance or in what is expected’. Thus the term ‘failing’ pre-supposes a requirement to perform.

Another form of the same word, namely, ‘failed’ had been the subject of the discussion in Ahmed Abdul Quader v. Raffat, AIR 1978 AP 417. Dealing with the expression ‘failed to provide’, the AP High Court held that the “words ‘failed to provide’ do imply a duty to provide. If there is no such duty to provide, it cannot be said that the husband had failed to provide maintenance to his wife.”

The word ‘failure’ is also defined on similar lines. The difference between ‘failure’ and ‘omission’ has been the subject matter of discussion in Pannalal Nandlal Bhandari v. CIT, (1956) 30 ITR 139 (Bom.), where the Bombay High Court held that the word ‘failure’ pre-supposes an obligation to do the thing in which there is a failure. The Court held:

“The Legislature has advisedly used two expres-sions ‘omission’ and ‘failure’ on the part of the assessee. Failure must connote that there is an obligation which has not been carried out and if there was no obligation upon the assessee to make a return, then it would not be a failure on his part to carry out that obligation. But the Legislature has also used the expression ‘omission’, and it is clear that the expression ‘omission’ does not connote any obligation as the expression ‘failure’ does.”

This observation of the Bombay High Court has been followed by the AP High Court in Mullapudi Venkatarayudu v. UOI, (1975) 99 ITR 448 (AP). Similarly in Royal Calcutta Turf Club v. WTO, (1984) 148 ITR 790 (Cal.), in a matter rendered under the Wealth-tax Act, the Calcutta High Court observed:

“The word ‘failure’ means non-fulfilment of an obligation imposed on the assessee by law or by statute. In the case of absence of obligation of the assessee, such non-filing would be an act of omission and as ‘omission’ is mentioned as an element, the result would be, whenever there is an absence of a return or an absence of disclosure, it would be unnecessary to enquire whether or not an obligation lay on the assessee to file a return or to make a disclosure.”

The word ‘failing’ is therefore to be read as non-fulfilment of a pre-existing obligation. In case no obligation exists, there can be no ‘failing’. It follows that S. 206AA(1) would come into operation only in case an obligation exists requiring the deductee to furnish PAN to the deductor. Where no obligation exists to furnish PAN, there can be no failure u/s.206AA(1). Consequently the question of deducting tax at source at higher of the tax rates mentioned therein would not arise.

Further, S. 206AA(1) applies when an obligation requiring furnishing of PAN to the person responsible to deduct tax at source exists. If such an obligation exists, furnishing PAN to a person other than the person responsible to deduct tax at source or furnishing of an incorrect PAN, whether intentionally or accidentally, would also amount to a ‘failure’ u/s.206AA(1).

Conclusion:

The four conditions stated above are cumulative in nature. It is only when all four conditions stated above are satisfied, that tax can be deducted by the person responsible to deduct at the higher of the three rates mentioned in S. 206AA(1).

Obligation to furnish PAN:

The obligation to furnish PAN pre-supposes that the deductee already possesses a PAN. In case the deductee possesses a PAN, he is bound to furnish it to the deductor. However it is possible that the deductee may not possess a PAN. Under such circumstances several important questions arise.

Question No. 1:

The primary question that arises is whether S. 206AA(1) imposes an obligation on a person to obtain PAN, if he does not possess one. This question requires an answer in the negative. S. 206AA(1) does not impose any obligation to obtain PAN. This is for the following reasons:

    S. 206AA is a part of Chapter XVIIB dealing with deduction of tax at source. No part of S. 206AA or Chapter XVIIB specifically imposes any obli-gation to obtain PAN. Therefore, no such new obligation can be read into S. 206AA(1).

    It is contrary to all rules of construction to read words into an Act unless it is absolutely necessary to do so. One may refer to decisions in Renula Bose v. Rai Manmathnath Bose, AIR 1945 PC 108; Director General, Telecommunication v. T N. Peethambaran, (1986) 4 SCC 348 and Assessing Officer v. East India Cotton Manufacturing Co. Ltd.; AIR 1981 SC 1610 in support of this principle. S. 206AA(1) employs the words ‘shall furnish’ and not ‘shall obtain and furnish’. The words ‘obtain and’ cannot be read into S. 206AA(1). No necessity exits in the context to do so.

    It is S. 139A, contained in Chapter XIV (Proce-dure for Assessment) which deals with rules for obtaining of PAN. Further, in S. 139A only Ss.(1), Ss.(1A) and Ss.(1B) mandate certain persons to obtain PAN.

U/s.139A(1), persons who meet certain income or turnover criteria and persons who are required to file S. 139(4A) returns or FBT returns are required to obtain PAN. S. 139A(1) provides as under:

“(1) Every person:

    i) if his total income or the total income of any other person in respect of which he is assess-able under this Act during any previous year exceeded the maximum amount which is not chargeable to income-tax; or

    ii) carrying on any business or profession whose total sales, turnover or gross receipts are or is likely to exceed five lakh rupees in any previous year; or

    iii) who is required to furnish a return of income U/ss.(4A) of S. 139; or
    iv) being an employer, who is required to furnish a return of fringe benefits u/s.115WD,
and who has not been allotted a permanent account number shall, within such time, as may be prescribed, apply to the Assessing Officer for the allotment of a permanent account number.”

U/ss.(1A) the Central Government is empowered to notify certain categories of persons who are required under any fiscal law to pay tax or duties including exporters and importers to obtain PAN. In exercise of its powers u/s.206AA(1A), the Central Government has notified certain persons vide Notification No. 11468, dated 29-8-2000 and Notification No. 355/2001, dated 12-12-2001. S. 139A(1A) provides as under:

“(1A)    Notwithstanding anything contained in Ss.(1), the Central Government may, by Notification in the Official Gazette, specify, any class or classes of persons by whom tax is payable under this Act or any tax or duty is payable under any other law for the time being in force including importers and exporters whether any tax is payable by them or not and such persons shall, within such time as mentioned in that Notification, apply to the Assessing Officer for the allotment of a permanent account number.”

U/s.139A(1B), the Central Government is empowered to notify certain categories of person and require them to obtain PAN to facilitate collection of information relevant and useful for the purposes of the Act. S. 139A(1B) provides as under?:

“(1B)    Notwithstanding anything contained in Ss.(1), the Central Government may, for the purpose of collecting any information which may be useful for or relevant to the purposes of this Act, by Notification in the Official Gazette, specify, any class or classes of persons who shall apply to the Assessing Officer for the allotment of the permanent account number and such persons shall, within such time as mentioned in that Notification, apply to the Assessing Officer for the allotment of a permanent account number.

Apart from the above three provisions, u/s. 139A(2), the Assessing Officer is required to al-lot PAN to assessees having regard to certain transactions undertaken by them, whether or not such transactions have any tax implications. S. 139A(2) provides as under:

The Assessing Officer, having regard to the nature of the transactions as may be pre-scribed, may also allot a permanent account number, to any other person (whether any tax is payable by him or not), in the manner and in accordance with the procedure as may be prescribed.”

In other words, there are certain categories of per-son who are mandatorily required to obtain or have a PAN, by virtue of sub-sections mentioned above. As far as assessees not covered by these sub-sections are concerned, there is no obligation to obtain or have PAN. They can at their option apply for PAN u/s.139A(3), which provides as under:

“(3)    Any person, not falling U/ss.(1) or U/ss.(2), may apply to the Assessing Officer for the allotment of a permanent account number and, thereupon, the Assessing Officer shall allot a permanent account number to such person forthwith.”

Therefore it is clear that S. 139A is a specific provision, covering all cases where obtaining or allotting of PAN is compulsory. In the presence of a specific provision in the form of S. 139A requiring persons to obtain PAN, S. 206AA(1) cannot be read as creating parallel regime requiring certain other persons to obtain PAN.

    S. 206AA(1) cannot be interpreted in isolation just by reference to the language employed therein. It has to be interpreted in the context in which it is created, keeping the entire statute in mind. The principle that a statute must be read as a whole and in its context is upheld by the Supreme Court in State of West Bengal v. UOI, AIR 1963 SC 1241, where it observed:

“The Courts must ascertain the intention of the Legislature by directing its attention not merely to the clauses to be constructed but to the entire statute; it must compare the clauses with the other parts of the law, and the setting in which the clause to be interpreted occurs.”

The Supreme Court in Gurudevdatta VKSSS Maryadit v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 2001 SC 1980, quoted the following observations of Australian Court in CIC Insurance Ltd. v. Bankstown Football Club Ltd., (1997) 187 CLR 384 with approval.

“the modern approach to statutory interpretation (a) insists that the context be considered in the first instance, and not merely at some later stage when ambiguity might be thought to arise, and (b) uses context in its widest sense to include such things as the existing state of law and the mischief which, by legitimate means — one may discern the statute was intended to remedy.”

Similar decisions have been rendered by the Supreme Court in R. S. Raghunath v. State of Karnataka, AIR 1992 SC 81 and Union of India v. Elphinstone Spinning and Weaving Co. Ltd., AIR 2001 SC 724 (Constitutional Bench). In these decisions the Court has defined the ‘context’ to include the statute as a whole, previous state of law, other statutes in pari materia, general scope of the statute and the mischief that the statute intends to remedy.

The purpose behind introducing S. 206AA(1) has been stated in the Memorandum explaining the provision of the Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2009 as under:

“d. Improving compliance with provisions of quoting PAN through the TDS regime.

Statutory provisions mandating quoting of Permanent Account Number (PAN) of deductees in Tax Deduction at Source (TDS) statements exist since 2001 duly backed by penal provisions. The process of allotment of PAN has been streamlined so that over 75 lakh PANs are being allotted every year. Publicity campaigns for quoting PAN are being run since the last three years. The average time of allotment of PAN has come down to 10 calendar days. Therefore, non-availability of PAN has ceased to be an impediment. In a number of cases, the non-quoting of PAN’s by deductees is creating problems in the processing of return of income and in granting credit for tax deducted at source, leading to delays in issue of refunds.

In order to strengthen the PAN mechanism, it is proposed to make amendments in the Income-tax Act to provide that any person whose receipts are subject to deduction of tax at source i.e., the deductee, shall mandatorily furnish his PAN to the deductor, failing which the deductor shall deduct tax at source at higher of the following rates

     i) the rate prescribed in the Act;

     ii) at the rate in force, i.e., the rate mentioned in the Finance Act; or at the rate of 20%.”

The object of S. 206AA(1) is to (a) ensure compliance with the PAN mechanism; (b) address problems associated with non-quoting (and not non-obtaining) of PAN, like processing of returns, claiming credit for TDS and granting of refund; and (c) ensure that assessee do not give reason like non-issuance of PAN as a reason for not furnishing it, keeping in mind that the PAN allotment machinery has been fully strengthened and streamlined.

The mischief sought to be remedied by S. 206AA(1) has been stated in the memorandum extracted above. The position that existed in the past was that the system for allotment of PAN had not been fully streamlined for a long time since its inception. This was one of the main excuses for non-compliance with PAN mechanism. This position ceased to exist. Now that the system for allotment of PAN had been streamlined, the law-makers have thought it fit not to accept non -quoting of PAN on the reason that the same had not been allotted. The existing law [as it stood before the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2009 becoming operative] was not sufficient to enforce furnishing of PAN by those who were required to do so. Hence S. 206AA(1) has been inserted.

As stated above, S. 206AA(1) has to be read along with other provisions of the Act. Since S. 139A deals with the PAN mechanism, S. 206AA(1) has be read in conjunction with S. 139A. Consequently, purpose of S. 206AA(1) would be require persons already possessing PAN or required to obtain PAN u/s.139A to furnish the same, if they are subject to TDS. S. 206AA(1) does not create any obligation to obtain PAN independent of S. 139A.

It should also be noted that obligation of the deductee to furnish PAN to the deductor, once tax is deductible under Chapter XVIIB, already exists u/s.139A(5A) (extracted and discussed in detail below). Therefore the obligation imposed by S. 206AA(1) is not new. The scope of S. 206AA(1) as seen from the Memorandum to the Finance (No. 2 Act), 2009, is only to ensure better compliance of existing PAN mechanism. Therefore, S. 206AA(1) only has the effect of introducing an additional punitive measure for enforcing deductees to furnish/quote their PAN once TDS provisions are attracted.

In case the object of the law was to ensure every deductee liable to TDS obtains a PAN and furnishes them, provisions of S. 139A would have been amended suitably making all deductees obli-gated to obtain PAN. Since the intention was only to add an additional measure to ensure compliance with S. 139A, S. 206AA(1) has been added as a part of the TDS provisions, while S. 139A(1) has been left un-amended.

Question No. 2:

The next important question that arises is as to whether S. 206AA(1) will apply in cases where obtaining PAN is not mandatory. There are several arguments both for and against such a conclusion. The following arguments support the contention that S. 206AA(1) will apply to cases where obtaining PAN is not mandatory.

    S. 206AA(1) overrides S. 139A. This is for the reason that S. 206AA(1) starts with the words ‘Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act’. The effect of use of such non-obstante clause is that the provisions covered by such clause, namely, ‘any other provisions of this Act’ will be overridden by provision in which the non-obstante clause is placed, namely, S. 206AA(1).

In South India Corporation (P) Ltd. v. Secy., Board of Revenue, Trivandrum, AIR 1964 SC 207; Chandravarkar Sita Ratna Rao v. Ashalata S. Guram, (1986) 4 SCC 447; P. E. K. Kalliani Amma v. K Devi, AIR 1996 SC 1963, etc., the Supreme Court observed that the presence of a non-obstante clause is equivalent to saying that in spite of the provision or Act mentioned in the non-obstante clause [the words ‘any other provisions of this Act’ in S. 206AA(1)] the enactment following it [the words ‘any person entitled to rate of 20%’ in S. 206AA(1)] will have its full operation or that the provisions embraced in the non-obstante clause will not be an impediment for the operation of the enactment.

It follows that S. 206AA(1) will have full effect in spite of other provisions of the Act. Furnishing the PAN becomes mandatory to avoid higher rate of deduction of tax at source, whether or not S. 139A or any other provision of the Act mandates that a person obtain his PAN.

    In case of conflict between the two statutes, it is generally the later law which will override the earlier law. This principle has been applied by the Supreme Court in K. M. Nanavati v. State of Bombay, AIR 1961 SC 112. While S. 206AA(1) mandates PAN to be furnished in all cases where there is a duty to deduct tax under Chapter XVIIB, S. 139A dealing with PAN does not mandate obtaining of PAN. There is an apparent conflict between S. 206AA(1) and 139A. In such circumstances, S. 206AA(1) being a subsequent legislation will override S. 139A.

    When the language of a statute is plain and clear, effect must be given to it irrespective of its consequences. This is one of cardinal principles of interpretation. The Supreme Court in Nelson Motis v. Union of India, AIR 1992 SC 1981 and Gurdevdatt VKSSS Maryadit v. State of Maharashtra, (supra) has upheld this principle. Language of S. 206AA(1) is plain and clear. There is no ambiguity in the language of S. 206AA(1). Hence it has to be given effect to irrespective of the consequences that ensue.

    By virtue of S. 206AA(2) to S. 206AA(4), persons are required to furnish/quote their PAN in applications u/s.197 or declarations in Forms 15G and 15H u/s.197A, for such applications or declarations to be valid. Persons who do not have any tax liability are eligible to give declaration u/s.197A to avoid any deduction of tax at source. Though S. 139A does not require such persons to obtain PAN, such persons are required to furnish PAN for taking benefit u/s.197 and u/s.197A. Thus obligations u/s.206AA are independent of obligations u/s.139A. Once obligation to furnish PAN arises u/s.206AA(1), it would, as a natural consequence require the deductee to obtain PAN if he does not have one.

The following arguments support the view that S. 206AA(1) will not apply in cases where there is no requirement to obtain PAN u/s.139A.

    It is not possible to decide whether a provision is plain or ambiguous unless it is studied in its context. Decisions in D. Saibaba v. Bar Council of India, AIR 2003 SC 123; Ibrahimpatnam Taluk Vyavasaya Coolie Sangham v. K. Suresh Reddy, (2003) 7 SCC 662 and UOI v. Sankalchand, AIR 1977 SC 2328 are in support of this principle. In case of S. 206AA(1), the object as gathered from the memorandum to the Finance (No.) Bill, 2009, is to ensure compliance with PAN mechanism and not to create additional situations where obtaining PAN is mandatory. A bare reading of the language of S. 206AA(1) indicates that it does not create an obligation to obtain PAN where none exists. Hence the language of S. 206AA(1) cannot be treated as plain and clear. The language therein is subject to construction.

    It has been upheld in various cases that even a non-obstante clause has to be applied based on the scope and objects of two or more provisions involved. This is more so when the non-obstante clause does not refer to any particular provision which it intends to override, but refers to the provisions of the statute generally. The decision of the Supreme Court in A. G. Varadarajulu v. State of Tamil Nadu, AIR 1998 SC 1388 is in support of restricting the operation of a non-obstante clause when it is worded generally and broadly.

In the present case, the words used in S. 206AA(1) are ‘Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act’, which is very general in nature. Under such circumstances, the scope and object of the two provisions should be considered. While S. 139A deals with cases where obtaining and quoting of PAN is mandatory, 206AA(1)(1) deals with consequences of non-furnishing of PAN by a deductee. The two operate in different fields and hence, S. 206AA(1) cannot be said to over S. 139A. It cannot warrant a person not required to have PAN to furnish it, and in case the same is not furnished, it cannot prescribe higher rate of deduction of tax at source.

    While interpreting provisions, it is the duty of the Court to ensure that a ‘head-on’ clash between two provisions is avoided. It is the duty of the Courts to ensure, whenever it is possible to do so, to construe provisions which appear to conflict, so that they harmonise. The Supreme Court in University of Allahabad v. Amritchand Tripathi, AIR 1987 SC 57 and Venkataramana Devaru v. State of Mysore, AIR 1958 SC 255 have upheld this principle of harmonious interpretation. In case S. 206AA(1) is interpreted to operate only in cases where there is an obligation to obtain PAN or quote PAN, then both the provisions would operate without any clash. Effect could be given to both the provisions.

If so, this interpretation is to be adopted. Literal interpretation of any provision should not be adopted if it causes inconvenience, absurdity, hardship or injustice. The Supreme Court in Tirath Singh v. Bachittar Singh, AIR 1955 SC 830; K. P. Varghese ITO, AIR 1981 SC 1922; CIT v. J. H. Gotla Yadgier, AIR 1985 1698 and CWS India Ltd. v. CIT, JT 1994 (3) SC 116 approved the following observation in Maxwell Interpretation of Statutes, 11th Edition:

“Where the language of a statute, in its ordinary meaning and grammatical construction, leads to a manifest contradiction of the apparent purpose of the enactment, or to some inconvenience or absurdity, hardship or injustice, presumably not intended, a construction may be put upon it which modifies the meaning of the words, and even the structure of the sentence”.

In the present case, an assessee would have to face higher deduction of tax at source for the only reason that he does not have a PAN. On a literal reading, S. 206AA(1) does not discriminate between cases (a) where obtaining PAN is mandatory; (b) where obtaining PAN is voluntary, and (c) where obtaining PAN is exempt. In case of an assessee who falls under the categories (b) or (c), forcing the assessees to furnish PAN would lead not just to inconvenience or hardship but also to injustice and absurdity. Such a literal interpretation should be avoided and the application of S. 206AA(1) should be restricted only to the first category of cases.

 Any interpretation that renders a provision futile is to be avoided. Courts strongly lean against a construction which reduces the statute to a futility. One may refer to the decisions of the Supreme Court in M. Pentaiah v. Veera Mallappa Muddala, AIR 1961 SC 1107 and Tinsukhia Electric Supply Co. Ltd. v. State of Assam, AIR 1990 SC 123 in support of this proposition. This proposition is based on the Latin maxim ‘ut res magis valeat quam pereat’. This maxim has been upheld by the Supreme Court in CIT v. S. Teja Singh, AIR 1959 SC 666; CIT v. Hindusthan Bulk Carriers, (2003) 3 SCC 57 and D. Saibaba v. Bar Council of India, AIR 2003 SC 123.

     139A(8)(d) read with Rule 114C exempts certain persons from the provisions of S. 139A. S. 139A(8) (d), introduced by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 1998 with effect from 1-8-1998, empowers the Board to make rules providing for class or classes of person to whom the provisions of S. 139A shall not apply. Relevant part of S. 139A(8) provides as under:

“(8) The Board may make rules providing for:

d) Class or classes of persons to whom the provisions of this Section shall not apply;”

In exercise of its powers vested u/s.139A(8) the CBDT has inserted Rule 114C(1) by Income-tax (16th Amendment) Rules, 1998 with effect from 1-11-1998. Rule 114(1) lists out persons to whom S. 139A shall not apply. Clause (b) of this rule exempts non-residents referred in S. 2(30) from the application of S. 139A. Rule 114C(1) provides as under:

“(1) The provisions of S. 139A shall not apply to fol-lowing class or classes of persons, namely:

(a)    the persons who have agricultural income and are not in receipt of any other income chargeable to income-tax: Provided that such persons shall make declaration in Form No. 61 in respect of transactions referred to in Rule 114B;

    b) the non-residents referred to in clause (30) of S. 2;
    c) Central Government, State Governments and Consular Offices in transactions where they are the payers.”

In case S. 206AA(1) is interpreted literally as extending to all persons, S. 139A(8)(d) would be rendered otiose and futile. Hence S. 206AA(1) is to be inter-preted as limited to cases where obtaining PAN is mandatory.

Further, it should not be lightly assumed that ‘Parliament has given with one hand what it took away with the other’. This principle has been applied by the Supreme Court in Tahsildar Singh v. State of UP, AIR 1959 SC 1012; K. M. Nanavati v. State of Bombay, AIR 1961 SC 112 and CIT v. Hindustan Bulk Carriers, (2003) 3 SCC 57. In the present case S. 206AA(1) can-not be interpreted as having taken away the benefit granted by S. 139A(8)(d) read with Rule 114C.

It should be noted that S. 139A(8)(d) is a special provision granting exemption from obligation of obtaining PAN. A general provision in the form of S. 206AA(1) cannot override the same, even though it contains a non-obstante clause. In such cases as held by the Supreme Court in R. S. Raghunath v. State of Karnataka, AIR 1992 SC 81 there should be a clear inconsistency between the two before giving an overriding effect to the non-obstante clause. No such inconsistency would arise if both these provisions are harmoniously construed so as to restrict operation of S. 206AA(1) to cases where obtaining or quoting of PAN is mandatory. In such a situation S. 206AA(1) cannot be said to have an overriding effect.

The arguments in favour of holding that S. 206AA(1) operates in cases where obtaining and quoting PAN is not mandatory outweigh the argu-ments in favour of S. 206AA(1) operating even in cases where obtaining and quoting of PAN is either voluntary or exempted. Consequently S. 206AA(1) does not apply to cases where obtaining PAN is not mandatory.

Question No. 3:

The next question is whether S. 206AA(1) read with S. 139A(5A) imposes an obligation to obtain PAN, in case of persons, whose income is subject to TDS and who do not have PAN.

S. 139A(5A) creates an obligation similar to the one created in S. 206AA(1). S. 139A(5A) requires every person who has received any sum, amount or income which has been subjected to TDS under Chapter XVIIB to intimate his PAN to the person responsible to deduct tax at source. S. 139A(5A) provides as under:

“(5A) Every person receiving any sum or income or amount from which tax has been deducted under the provisions of Chapter XVIIB, shall intimate his permanent account number to the person responsible for deducting such tax under that Chapter:

Provided further that a person referred to in this sub -section shall intimate the General Index Register Number till such time permanent account number is allotted to such person.”

The requirement of intimating PAN u/s.139A(5A) pre-supposes that the assessee has a PAN. In case, the assessee does not have a PAN, the question for consideration is whether an obligation to obtain PAN is imposed by S. 139A(5A) independent of Ss.(1) to Ss.(1B). There are arguments to support an affirmative answer as well as a negative answer to this question. The following arguments support the view that S. 139A(A) creates an obligation to obtain PAN, where no such obligation is imposed by other provisions of the Section.

    S. 139A(5A) was introduced by the Finance Act, 2001. Purpose of S. 139(5A) can be gathered from the Memorandum explaining the provisions in the Finance Bill, 2001, (2001) 248 ITR 162 (St.). The Memorandum provides as under:

“With a view to enable processing of information contained in such returns or certificates for the purposes of unearthing undisclosed income and discovering new taxpayers, it is proposed to insert new Ss.(5A), Ss.(5B), Ss.(5C) and Ss.(5D) in S. 139A to make it obligatory for every person receiving income from which tax has been deducted or from whom tax is collectible, to furnish his PAN to the person responsible for deducting and collecting such tax, and also to make it obligatory for the person deducting or collecting tax to quote the PAN of such persons in the returns of tax deducted or collected at source prescribed u/s.206 and u/s. 206C, respectively, and in the certificates issued u/s.203 and u/s.206C(5), respectively.”

Further, the CBDT Circular No. 14 of 2001, (2001) 252 ITR 65 (St.) explaining the provisions of the Finance Act, 2001 observed in para 66 as under:

“With a view to enable processing of the information contained in such returns or certificates for the purposes of matching of information and discovering new taxpayers, the Act has inserted new Ss.(5A), Ss.(5B), Ss.(5C) & Ss.(5D) in S. 139A of the Income-tax Act to make it obligatory for every person receiving income from which tax has been deducted or from whom tax is collectible, to furnish his PAN to the person responsible for deducting or collecting such tax, and also to make it obligatory for the person deducting or collecting tax to quote the PAN of such persons in the returns of tax deducted or collected at source prescribed u/s.206 and u/s.206C, respectively, and in the certificates issued u/s.203 and u/s.206C(5), respectively. Such number will also be required to be quoted in statements of perquisites required to be furnished u/s.192 of the Income- tax Act. The requirement u/s.(5A) and u/s.(5B) will not apply in respect of certain non-residents and other persons who are not required to file returns of income.”

The intention of the law is clear. It is to bring more income-earners into the tax net. By insisting on compulsory furnishing of PAN, more people can be forced to fall in the tax net. The above object is aimed at persons who are not required to have PAN. Thus S. 139A(5A) is incorporated and aimed at creating an obligation on persons outside the tax net and not having a PAN to obtain and furnish PAN to the deductor of tax at source.

    When introduced S. 139A(5A) had two provi-sos. The first proviso has been omitted by Finance (No. 2) Act, 2004 with effect from 1-4-2005. The first proviso stood as under?:

“Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall apply to a non-resident referred to in Ss.(4) of S. 115AC, or Ss.(2) of S. 115BBA, or to a non-resident Indian referred to in S. 115G:”

This proviso was deleted with the intention of denying all person including non-residents from claiming credit without furnishing PAN. In this regard the Notes on Clauses to the Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2004, (2004) 268 ITR 113 (St.) 143, provides as under:

“Clause 30 of the Bill seeks to amend S. 139A of the Income-tax Act relating to permanent ac-count number.

The existing provisions contained in the first proviso to Ss.(5A) of the said Section provide that a non-resident referred to in Ss.(4) of S. 115AC, or Ss.(2) of S. 115BBA or a non -resident Indian referred to in S.?115G?shall not be required to intimate his permanent account number Ss.(a) seeks to omit the said first proviso.

After the proposed amendment, the person referred to in the omitted provisions shall be required to intimate his permanent account num-ber to the person responsible for deducting tax under Chapter XVII-B.

The amendment will take effect from 1st April, 2005.”

The CBDT Circular No. 5 of 2005, dated 15- 7-2005 explaining the provisions of the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2004 provides as under:

“All assessees, including non-residents, will be re-quired to intimate the permanent account number to the person deducting or collecting tax in the absence of which credit for TDS or TCS cannot be given. Hence, the first proviso to Ss.(5A) of S. 139A not requiring quoting of PAN by non-residents, has been omitted.”

The Memorandum Explaining the provisions in the Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2004, (2004) 268 ITR 174 (St.) 193, states the object behind S. 139A(5A) as facilitating computerisation and dematerialisation of TDS and TCS certificates. The memorandum states at under:

“De-materialisation of TDS and TCS certificates?: Under the existing provisions of the Income-tax Act, returns of income required to be filed u/s.139 are to be accompanied by TDS/TCS certificates for claiming credit of tax deducted or collected. Computerisation of TDS/TCS functions will eventually dispense with this requirement and will also pave the way for filing of returns through the internet. The Finance Bill incorporates the necessary legislative amendments required to facilitate the above process of computerisation. The bill proposes to provide that:

    i) Credit for tax deducted or collected shall be given to the assessee without production of a certificate;
    ii) returns will not be deemed to be defective if they are not accompanied by such certificates;

    iii) every person deducting or collecting tax shall be required to furnish quarterly statements to the prescribed income-tax authority who will in turn furnish an annual statement of the tax deducted or collected to the assessee;

    iv) all assessees, including non-residents, will be required to intimate the PAN to the person deducting or collecting tax as otherwise credit for TDS/TCS can be given; and

    v) penalty shall be levied in case quarterly state-ments are not furnished in time.

These amendments will take effect from 1st April, 2005.”

This indicates that S. 139A(5A) has to be interpreted as applicable to all persons, without exception, whether or not they are covered by Ss.(1) to Ss.(3) of S. 139A.

    3) It is to be noted that S. 139A(5A) was introduced after S. 139A(8)(d) and Rule 114C(1) were introduced. While S. 139A(8)(d) and Rule 114C were introduced in the year 1998, S. 139A(5A) was introduced in 2001. At the time of introduction of S. 139A(5A) by virtue of the first proviso (extracted above), as it stood then, only few categories of non-residents were exempt from application of S. 139A(5A). This implied that other non-residents were covered by S. 139A(5A). When the first proviso was removed in 2004, the intention was to cover all persons within the scope of S. 139A(5A) (as seen from the extracts cited above).

This was in spite of blanket exemption to non-residents and others under Rule 114C read with S. 139A(8)(d). This creates an apparent contradiction between the two provisions, namely, S. 139A(8)(d) and S. 139A(5A). No such conflict exists between S. 139A(8)(d) read with Rule 114C(1) and other sub-section of S. 139A, whether inserted prior to or after the insertion of S. 139A(8)(d).

Under such circumstances one cannot jump to any conclusion of S. 139A(8)(d) being impliedly repealed or rendered futile. As stated above, any interpretation which renders a provision otiose has to be rejected. Further it is an irrefutable presumption that Parliament was aware of the existing provisions, when it introduced a new provision.

In such cases, the warring provisions should be harmoniously construed in a manner to make both provisions workable. The principle of harmonious construction is described by the Supreme Court in Venkataramana Devaru v. State of Mysore, AIR 1958 SC 255 in the following words:

“The rule of construction is well settled that when there are in an enactment two provisions which cannot be reconciled with each other, they should be so interpreted that, if possible, effect should be given to both. This is what is known as the rule of harmonious construction.”

The Supreme Court has applied this principle for harmoniously construing two conflicting sub-sec-tions of the same Section. In Madanlal Fakirchand Dhudhediya v. Shree Changdeo Sugar Mills Ltd., AIR 1962 SC 1543, the Supreme Court observed that “the sub-sections must be read as parts of an integral whole and as being interdependent; an attempt should be made to construing them to reconcile them if it is reasonably possible to do so, and to avoid repugnancy.”

In the present case Ss.(5A) and Ss.(8)(d) have to be harmoniously construed. Considering that S. 139A(5A) came later, if it is read as an exception or proviso to S. 139A(8)(d), then the conflict between them ceases to exist. Both provisions would then operate in the manner intended by the law-makers. As a consequence, all persons would be bound by S. 139A(5A), irrespective of Rule 114C.

4) S. 206AA(1) employs the words ‘any person’. The Courts have defined the word ‘any’ in a wide manner to mean ‘all’ or ‘each and every’, unless such a construction is limited by the subject matter. One may refer to decisions in G. Narsingh Das Agarwal v. UOI, (1967) 1 MLJ 197 in support of this proposition. Therefore, S. 206AA(1) applies all persons including non-residents.

The following arguments support the view that S. 139A(5A) does not impose any obligation to obtain PAN where no such obligation exists under other provisions of S. 139A.

    1) S. 139A(5A) has to be read in the context and structure of S. 139A and other provisions of the Act. The structure of S. 139A clearly indicates that different sub-sections have different roles to play.

As discussed above, Ss.(1), (1A) and (1A) deal with general and special cases where obtaining PAN is mandatory; Ss.(2) deals with cases where the As-sessing Officer is bound to allot PAN in case the assessee carries out certain transactions; Ss.(3) deals with voluntarily obtaining PAN; Ss.(4) empowers the Board to notify dates within which PAN holders under the old scheme are required to obtain PAN under the new series; etc.

The role of S. 139(5A) is therefore limited to cre-ating an obligation to intimate his PAN where the assessee subject to TDS under Chapter XVIIB has a PAN. The structure of S. 139A clearly indicates that Ss.(5A) is not intended to create an obligation to obtain PAN, where no such obligation to obtain PAN exist otherwise.

    2) If the intention of the Legislature was to require every assessee subject to the provisions of Chapter XVIIB to obtain PAN, it would have created such an obligation in Ss.(1) itself. This is not the intention of the Legislature. It only requires the person who have PAN to furnish it to person responsible to deduct tax at source under Chapter XVIIB.

    3) It is for the same reason that S. 139A(5) imposes an obligation to quote PAN only in cases where PAN has been obtained or possessed otherwise. This can be gathered from the use of the words ‘such number’ in the provision. The same logic has to be extended to S. 139A(5A). S. 139A(5) provides as under:
“(5) Every person shall:

    a) quote such number in all his returns to, or correspondence with, any income-tax authority;
 b)quote such number in all challans for the payment of any sum due under this Act;

 c) quote such number in all documents pertaining to such transactions as may be prescribed by the Board in the interests of the revenue, and entered into by him:

Provided that the Board may prescribe different dates for different transactions or class of transactions or for different class of persons:

Provided further that a person shall quote General Index Register Number till such time Permanent Account Number is allotted to such person;

    d) intimate the Assessing Officer any change in his address or in the name and nature of his business on the basis of which the permanent account number was allotted to him.”

    4) S. 139A(5B) requires the deductor of tax to quote the PAN of the deductee in TDS returns and certificates. This obligation arises only when the deductee has furnished the PAN and not otherwise. This provision does not mandate a deductor to force the deductee to obtain and furnish PAN. The scope of the provision is therefore limited in nature as in the case of S. 139A(5A).

    5) Just because S. 139A(5A) is to be construed as an exception to S. 139A(8)(d), it does not mean S. 139A(8)(d) ceases to be an exception to S. 139A(1) to (1B). Persons covered by Rule 114C(1) are not obligated to obtain PAN as the S. 139A(8)(d) continues to operate. The effect of S. 139A(5A) would be that in case persons who are exempt have voluntarily obtained PAN, they would be bound to intimate the deductor, but there would be no obligation to obtain PAN if they do not have one.

In our opinion arguments supporting the second view, i.e., that S. 139A(5A) does not create any new obligation to obtain PAN, outweighs the first view. Hence S. 139A(5A) does not create any obligation to obtain PAN, where PAN is not required to be obtained. Consequently, all persons who have obtained PAN, either voluntarily or due to mandatory requirements, will be bound to furnish PAN to the deductor. Persons not having a PAN are not obliged to obtain and furnish it to the deductor, even if the amounts they receive are subject to withholding under Chapter XVIIB.

If it is assumed otherwise for the sake of argument, then it is possible to argue that the obligation to obtain and furnish PAN need not be again imposed u/s.206AA(1), once it is imposed u/s. 139A(5A), for both provisions are similar. Further, the scope of S. 139A(5A) is wider than that of S. 206AA(1), in the sense that there is no pre-condition in S. 139A(5A) that the deductee should be entitled to the income (sum or amount), for the obligation to intimate PAN to be triggered. U/s. 139A(5A), the obligation to furnish PAN is in respect of all incomes, amounts or sums, whether the deductee is entitled thereto or not. As a result, any obligation is created u/s.139A(5A) will apply even u/s.206AA(1).

However the above argument will not stand, for the reason that there is a timing difference between the two provisions. The obligation to obtain PAN, if assumed to exist u/s.139A(5A), will arise only after the tax has been deducted at source and not before. This is because S. 139A(5A) is triggered only after the tax has been deducted. Use of the words ‘has been deducted’ in S. 139A(5A) is to be noted. This obligation will not arise at the time person becomes entitled to any sum, amount or income which is subject to withholding under Chapter XVIIB, which is the event triggering S. 206AA(1). As mentioned above, S. 206AA(1) employs the word ‘deductible’.

Therefore, we are of the view that S. 206AA(1) whether independently or in conjunction with S. 139A(5A) does not create any obligation to obtain PAN, where the deductee does not have one. Both S. 139A(5A) and S. 206AA(1) will only apply to cases where the deductee has a PAN or is mandated by law to obtain one, and not otherwise.

Question No. 4:

The next question that arises is whether non-resident assessees are also bound by S. 206AA(1). There could be two views on this question. The following arguments support the view that even non-residents are bound by S. 206AA(1).

    1) S. 206AA(1) employs the words ‘any person entitled to receive any sum or income or amount’. The word ‘any’ qualifies the word ‘person’. As stated above, unless the context otherwise requires the word ‘any’ has to be understood as ‘all’. In the present case, there is nothing in the context of S. 206AA(1) which restricts the scope of the word ‘any’. Hence it is to be given its full operation. As such, the words ‘any person’ would mean ‘all persons’. This would include even the non-residents.

    2) The memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2009 clearly states that 209AA is applies to non-residents. It provides: “These provisions will also apply to non-residents where TDS is deductible on payments or credits made to them. To ensure that the deductor knows about the correct PAN of the deductee, it is also proposed to provide for mandatory quoting of PAN of the deductee by both the deductor and the deductee in all correspondence, bills and vouchers exchanged between them.” (emphasis supplied)

    3) The CBDT has issued a press release, bearing No. 402/92/2006-MC (04 of 2010), dated 20-1-2010 which reiterates that non-residents are governed by S. 209AA. The press release states:
“A new provision relating to tax deduction at source (TDS) under the Income-tax Act, 1961 will become applicable with effect from 1st April 2010. Tax at higher of the prescribed rate or 20% will be deducted on all transactions liable to TDS, where the Permanent Account Number (PAN) of the deductee is not available. The law will also apply to all non-residents in respect of payments/remittances liable to TDS. As per the new provisions, certificate for deduction at lower rate or no deduction shall not be given by the Assessing Officer u/s.197, or declaration by deductee u/s.197A for non-deduction of TDS on payments shall not be valid, unless the application bears PAN of the applicant/deductee.” (emphasis supplied)

    4. S. 206AA(1) starts with a non-obstante clause. It overrides all other provisions of the Act, which may directly or impliedly indicate a different conclusion.

On the other hand, the following arguments support the view that S. 206AA(1) does not apply to non-residents.

    i) S. 139A(8)(d) read with Rule 114C exempts certain persons and transaction from obtaining and quoting of PAN. The CBDT in Rule 114C(1)(b) has exempted non-residents referred in S. 2(30) from the application of S. 139A.

    2(30) has defined the term ‘non-resident’ to mean ‘a person who is not a resident and for the purposes of S. 92, S. 93 and S. 168, includes a person who is not ordinarily resident within the meaning of clause (6) of S. 6’. The term ‘resident’ is defined in S. 2(42) to mean ‘a person who is resident in India within the meaning of S. 6’. Hence all non-residents under the Act are exempted from the application of S. 139A.

All arguments stated above in support of reading down of the non-obstante clause in S. 206AA(1) have to be read even in case of non -residents. As stated above, once a benefit is given by one provision, the same cannot be said to be taken away by another provision so as to render the former provision otiose. Therefore S. 206AA(1) cannot be said to apply to non-residents.

    2) S. 206AA(4) requires the applicant u/s.197 to quote his PAN for his application to be considered.
    206AA(4) provides as under:

“(4) No certificate u/s.197 shall be granted unless the application made under that Section contains the Permanent Account Number of the applicant.”

S. 197 provides for an assessee/deductee to obtain a certificate from the Assessing Officer, directing the deductor to deduct tax at a lower rate. S. 206AA(4) does not apply in respect of the deductions to be made u/s.195. U/s.195 the non-resident deductee can apply for lower deduction of tax at source. In this regard S. 195(3) provides as under:

“(3) Subject to rules made U/ss.(5), any person entitled to receive any interest or other sum on which income-tax has to be deducted U/ss.(1) may make an application in the prescribed form to the Assessing Officer for the grant of a certificate authorising him to receive such interest or other sum without deduction of tax under that sub-section, and where any such certificate is granted, every person responsible for paying such interest or other sum to the person to whom such certificate is granted shall, so long as the certificate is in force, make payment of such interest or other sum without deducting tax thereon U/ss.(1).”

S. 206AA(1) does not have provisions requiring PAN to be quoted compulsorily for applications u/s.195(3) to be processed and certificates to be issued thereunder. This indicates that S. 206AA(1) was never intended to apply to non-residents.

    As discussed in detail below, certain non-residents enjoy a fixed rate of tax on certain incomes, which rates are lower than 20 percent in certain cases. One may refer to S. 115A, S. 115AB, S. 115AD and S. 115BBA, where the gross income is subject to tax at rates of 10 percent. In such cases, it would not be permissible to deduct a higher rate of tax at source. This aspect is discussed in detail below.

This also indicates that S. 206AA(1) does not apply to non-residents.

The argument that S. 206AA(1) does not apply to non-residents outweighs the opposite view. Hence in case of non-residents, S. 206AA(1) does not create a liability to furnish PAN and failure to furnish or quote the same should not lead to a higher rate of tax.

Question No. 5:

In case S. 206AA(1) is presumed to apply to non-residents, the next question that arises is whether S. 206AA(1) overrides S. 90(2). In other words, the question is whether S. 206AA(1) is to be applied after application of S. 90(2) or before.

S. 90(2) provides the option to an assessee whose income is doubly taxed, to take advantage of ei-ther the provisions of the Act or the provisions of double taxation avoidance agreements (DTAA in short) entered into by the Central Government with Government or specified territory, whichever is beneficial. In this regard S. 90(2) provides:

“(2) Where the Central Government has entered into an agreement with the Government of any country outside India or specified territory outside India, as the case may be, U/ss.(1) for granting relief of tax, or as the case may be, avoidance of double taxation, then, in relation to the assessee to whom such agreement applies, the provisions of this Act shall apply to the extent they are more beneficial to that assessee.”

If S. 206AA(1) overrides S. 90(2), i.e., is applied after application of S. 90(2), the benefit of lower rates of tax or exemption from tax under the double taxation avoidance agreements India has entered into with other countries will be denied on non-furnishing of the PAN. The following arguments support this proposition:

    1) S. 206AA(1) contains a non-obstante provision and therefore overrides all other provisions of the Act including S. 90(2). The operation of S. 90(2) is subject to S. 206AA(1). Therefore S. 90(2) will have to be applied first, followed by S. 206A.

    2) Once S. 206AA(1) is applicable, the higher of  rates mentioned in the Act, (b) rate or rates in force, or (c) twenty percent will have to adopted as the rate of TDS. The term ‘rate or rates in force’ is defined in S. 2(37A). In clause (iii) of this definition, for S. 195 purposes even DTAA rate is considered.

The relevant part of S. 2(37A) provides as under:

“(37A) ‘rate or rates in force’ or ‘rates in force’, in relation to an assessment year or financial year, means:

    iii) for the purposes of deduction of tax u/s. 195, the rate or rates of income-tax specified in this behalf in the Finance Act of the relevant year or the rate or rates of income-tax specified in an agreement entered into by the Central Government u/s. 90, or an agreement notified by the Central Government u/s.90A, whichever is applicable by virtue of the provisions of S. 90, or S. 90A, as the case may be;”

It is clear that in applying S. 206AA(1), rates under DTAAs or S. 195 rates, whichever is beneficial is to be first computed, before comparing the same with the rate of 20%. Hence one can conclude that S. 206AA(1) will have to be applied after application of S. 90(2).

The following arguments support the view that S. 90(2) has to be applied after application of S. 206AA(1).

    i) S. 90 of the Act overrides all other provisions of the Act including charging provision u/s.4. This is, inter alia, for the reason that S. 90 aims to give effect to international fiscal agreements entered into between India and other Governments. The Constitutional mandate backing these treaties requires the provisions of the Indian tax laws to give way to the treaty law.

One may refer to decisions in CIT v. Visakhapatnam Port Trust, (1988) 144 ITR 146 (AP); CIT v. Davy Ashmore India Ltd., (1991) 190 ITR 626 (Cal.); Leonhardt Andra and Partner, Gmbh v. CIT, (200]) 249 ITR 418; CIT v. R. M. Muthaiah, (1993) 202 ITR 508 (Kar.); Union of India and Others v. Azadi Bachao Andolan and Others, (2003) 263 ITR 706 (SC) which support this view. Similar view has been upheld by the CBDT in its Circular No. 333 dated 2-4-1982, where the CBDT observed:

“The correct legal position is that where a specific provision is made in the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement, that provision will prevail over the general provisions contained in the Income-tax Act, 1961. In fact the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements which have been entered into by the Central Government u/s.90 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, also provide that the laws in force in either country will continue to govern the assessment and taxation of income in the respective country, except where provisions to the contrary have been made in the Agreement.

Thus, where a Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement provided for a particular mode of computation of income, the same should be followed, irrespective of the provisions in the Income -tax Act. Where there is no specific provision in the Agreement, it is the basic law, i.e., the Income-tax Act, that will govern the taxation of income.”

The Supreme Court in the Azadi Bachao Andolan case (supra) after examining the decisions referred above and the Circular issued by the CBDT observed as under:

“A survey of the aforesaid cases makes it clear that the judicial consensus in India has been that S. 90 is specifically intended to enable and empower the Central Government to issue a Notification for implementation of the terms of a double taxation avoidance agreement. When that happens, the provisions of such an agreement, with respect to cases to which where they apply, would operate even if inconsistent with the provisions of the Income-tax Act. We approve of the reasoning in the decisions which we have noticed. If it was not the intention of the Legislature to make a departure from the general principle of chargeability to tax u/s.4 and the general principle of ascertainment of total income u/s.5 of the Act, then there was no purpose in making those Sections ‘subject to the provisions of the Act’. The very object of drafting the said two Sections with the said clause is to enable the Central Government to issue a Notification u/s.90 towards implementation of the terms of the DTAAs which would automatically override the provisions of the Income-tax Act in the matter of ascertainment of chargeability to income tax and ascertainment of total income, to the extent of inconsistency with the terms of the DTAA.”

As discussed above, S. 206AA(1) is attracted only if Chapter XVIIB is attracted. Chapter XVIIB is attracted only if S. 4(1) is attracted. Since S. 90 overrides S. 4 and other provisions of the Act, it also overrides S. 206AA(1). This is in spite of absence of a non-obstante clause in S. 90(2). It would mean the rate under the Act will have to be first determined after application of S. 206AA(1) and thereafter a comparison is to be made with the rate in the DTAA.

    2) The term ‘rate or rates in force’ in S. 206AA(1) will have to be construed as rates as stated in the
Finance Act and not as rates specified in the Finance Act or rates under the relevant DTAAs, whichever is beneficial.

In support of this, one may refer to the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance (No. Bill, 2009, which is extracted above. The memorandum clearly qualifies the term ‘rate in force’ to mean ‘rates mentioned in the Finance Act’ and not rates in force after applying the DTAA rates.

Hence in S. 206AA, the definition of the term ‘rate or rates in force’ in S. 2(37A) cannot be adopted in the context.

When a word has been defined in the interpretation clause, prima facie that definition governs whenever that word is used in the body of the statute. However this principle is applicable only if the context permits. In fact S. 2 where the above clause (37A) is placed, starts with the words “In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,-”. Context in which a word is used in, is therefore decisive of its meaning. One may refer to decisions in State Bank of Maharashtra v. Indian Medical Association, AIR 2002 SC 302 and Chowgule and Co. Pvt. Ltd. v. UOI, AIR 1986 SC 1176 in support of this proposition.

In the context of S. 206AA, the words ‘rate or rates in force’ cannot mean ‘rate or rates in force’ as defined in S. 2(37A). This is because S. 90(2) overrides the provisions of the Act, and rates u/s.90(2) will be applied after the final rate under the provisions of the Act is determined. S. 206AA(1) being part of the provisions of the Act, will have to be applied before DTAA rates are applied in determining the rate under the Act.

    3) S. 206AA has overriding effect by virtue of the language employed therein and S. 90(2) has overriding effect by virtue of the Constitutional and contextual mandate. Under such circumstance one cannot apply the principle that the later provision overrides the earlier. This is because S. 90(2) as it stands came in existence along with S. 206AA, by virtue of the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2009. Further, an interpretation which is in line with the Constitution has to be adopted as against the one which is not in line with the Constitution.

In light of the above, the arguments in favour of the view that S. 90(2) overrides S. 206AA outweigh the other view. Hence S. 90(2) will have to be ap-plied after applying S. 206AA(1).

Question No. 6:

Assuming that S. 206AA(1) applies to all persons, the next question which requires examination is whether S. 206AA(1) will apply to cases where the ultimate tax liability on certain incomes is fixed at rates below 20%, and assessees have no income chargeable at normal rates or rates at 20% or above.

Under Chapter XII of the Act, certain incomes are taxed?at?special?rates.?While?some?provisions of this chapter?are?applicable?to?all?assessees,?some?are?applicable only to non-residents. Among these provisions, few provisions are applicable only to certain categories of resident or non -resident assessees. Further, in respect of certain specific types of incomes, the special rate of tax is below 20%.

For example?: u/s.115A, non-residents (other than companies) and foreign companies in receipt of royalty or fees for technical services is subject to tax at a fixed rate of ten percent. S. 115A is applicable to cases where royalties or fees for technical services is paid by the Indian Government or from any Indian concern under an agreement made on or after 1-6-2005. This is provided by sub-clauses (AA) and (BB) of S. 115A(1)(b). The relevant part of S. 115A(1)(b) provides as under:
“(1) Where the total income of:

    b) a non-resident (not being a company) or a foreign company, includes any income by way of royalty or fees for technical services other than income referred to in Ss.(1) of S. 44DA received from Government or an Indian concern in pursuance of an agreement made by the foreign company with Government or the Indian concern after the 31st day of March, 1976, and where such agreement is with an Indian concern, the agreement is approved by the Central Government or where it relates to a matter included in the industrial policy, for the time being in force, of the Government of India, the agreement is in accordance with that policy, then, subject to the provisions of Ss.(1A) and Ss.(2), the income-tax payable shall be the aggregate of,?:

    AA) the amount of income-tax calculated on the income by way of royalty, if any, included in the total income, at the rate of 10% if such royalty is received in pursuance of an agreement made on or after the 1st day of June, 2005;

BB) the amount of income-tax calculated on the income by way of fees for technical services, if any, included in the total income, at the rate of 10% if such fees for technical services are received in pursuance of an agreement made on or after the 1st day of June, 2005; and Explanation — For the purposes of this Section:
    i) ‘fees for technical services’ shall have the same meaning as in Explanation 2 to clause (vii) of Ss.(1) of S. 9;

    ii)     ‘royalty’ shall have the same meaning as in Ex-planation 2 to clause (vi) of Ss.(1) of S. 9;”

The following are the other incomes which suffer tax at a fixed rate lower than 20%:

    1) Short-term capital gains arising from transfer of equity shares or units of equity-oriented fund, which has suffered security transaction tax, shall be subject to tax at the rate of 15% (S. 111A)

    2) Long-term capital gains from transfer of and any other income received in respect of units purchased in foreign currency by an overseas financial organisation is subject to tax at the rate of 10% (S. 115AB)

    3) Interest on certain bonds purchased in foreign currency or dividend on certain GDRS is taxable in the hands of a non-resident at the rate of 10% (S. 115AC)
    4) Dividend and long-term capital gains from global depository receipts issued by income company engaged in specified knowledge-based industries or services issued under a scheme ESOPS notified by the Central Government is taxable in the hands of the resident employees of such companies at the rate of 10% (S. 115ACA)

    5) Long-term capital gains on transfer of securi-ties (other than those mentioned in S. 115AB) by a Foreign Institutional investor is taxable at the rate of 10% (S. 115AD)

    6) Profits and gains of a life insurance business will be taxable at a rate of 12½% (S. 115AB)

    7) Income of non-resident, non-citizen sports-person from participation in India, advertise-ment or contribution of articles in India, as well as income guaranteed to non-resident sports associations or institutions for games or sports played in India will be taxable at a rate of 10% (S. 115BBA).

In case an eligible assessee has no other income than those stated above, including royalty and fee for technical services u/s.115A, the ultimate tax liability would be lower than 20%. In such cases, the question that arises is whether the deductor can deduct tax at the rate of 20% on the ground that PAN has not been furnished. In other words, question is whether S. 206AA(1) would apply in case of deductees who have only those incomes which suffer tax at a fixed rate lower than 20%.

Two possible views could arise on this question, one affirmative and another negative. The following arguments support the view that S. 206AA(1) applies to assessees who only earn the income subject to fixed rate of tax lower than 20%.

    1) As stated above, all persons are covered by S. 206AA(1). This is due to the use of the word ‘any’, as discussed above.

    2) S. 206AA(1) cannot be applied in a discrimi-natory manner. It cannot be said that S. 206AA(1) applies to persons who have both the incomes stated above as well as other incomes taxable at rates higher than twenty percent or normal rates, while it does not apply to persons with income taxable at fixed rates lower than 20%. This may not withstand the test of reasonable classification under Article 14 of the Constitution.

    3) No harm would be caused to the assessees earning incomes enumerated above, if they are required to furnish their PAN, failing which tax is deducted at twenty percent. They are entitled under law to claim refund of the excess taxes deducted from them.

On the other hand the following arguments support the view that S. 206AA(1) does not apply to assessees whose ultimate tax liability is less than twenty percent by virtue of their income falling under the categories mentioned above.

    It is the constitutional mandate under Article 265 that “No tax shall be levied or collected except by authority of law.” The authority to collect tax as stated above is u/s.4(2). S. 4(2), as extracted above, authorises the Central Government to collect tax at source only in respect of the income chargeable u/s.4(1). Charge of income-tax u/s.4(1) is at the rate or rates specified by any Central Act and should be in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act. S. 4(1) provides as under:

“(1) Where any Central Act enacts that income-tax shall be charged for any assessment year at any rate or rates, income-tax at that rate or those rates shall be charged for that year in accordance with, and subject to the provisions (including provisions for the levy of additional income-tax) of, this Act in respect of the total income of the previous year of every person:

Provided that where by virtue of any provision of this Act income-tax is to be charged in respect of the income of a period other than the previous year, income-tax shall be charged accordingly.”

Therefore charge u/s.4(1) is limited to rate or rates specified in any Central Act — whether the Finance Act or the Income-tax Act itself. Where the rates are fixed by Act, the charge of income-tax cannot be beyond such rates and consequently taxes cannot be collected beyond the rates charged. Additionally, where charge of tax is restricted under the substantive provisions of the Act to a particular amount, the machinery provisions cannot collect tax in excess of such an amount.

As such, where rates of tax at which a particular income is chargeable to tax under the Act is restricted to a particular percentage as enumerated above, withholding of tax cannot exceed such percentages. It is for the same reason that where ever a special rate has been prescribed under the Act, the Finance Act in Schedule II limits the with-holding rates to the same rate.

Provision requiring deducting of taxes at a higher rate than what is charged as taxes under the Act would be in violation of Article 265 and hence bad in law. Since, any interpretation which would render any provision unconstitutional should therefore be avoided, interpretation in favour of applying S. 206AA(1) to cases where the income is charged at fixed rates lower than 20 percent should be avoided.

2)    It is not the object of law to first collect tax in excess of the charge and then refund the excess. One may refer to the decisions of the Supreme Court in Bhawani Cotton Mills Ltd. v. State of Punjab,

(1967) 20 STC 290 (SC), the Full Bench of Supreme Court observed as under:
“If a person is not liable for payment of tax at all, at any time, the collection of tax from him with a possible contingency of refund at a later stage, will not make the original levy valid; because, if particular sales or purchases are exempt from taxation altogether, they can never be taken into account, at any stage, for the purpose of calculating or arriving at the taxable turnover and for levying tax.”

Similarly, the Karnataka High Court in Hyderabad Industries Limited v. ITO and Another, (1991) 188 ITR 749 (Kar.) observed:
“The construction sought to be placed by the respondents is based on a distinction which has no substance in it. It is not understandable as to why a benefit which will not be included in the total income of a person, should be considered as ‘income’ for the purpose of deduction of tax at source at all. The purpose of deduction of tax at source is not to collect a sum which is not a tax levied under the Act; it is to facilitate the collection of the tax lawfully leviable under the Act. The interpretation put on those provisions by the respondents would result in collection of certain amounts by the State which is not a tax qualitatively. Such an interpretation of the taxing statute is impermissible.”

    3) The Department also does not consider amount deducted at source in excess of the income that accrues in the hands of the non-resident as tax. Amounts deducted at source in excess of tax liability would not be ‘tax deducted at source’ as per chapter XVIIB, but ‘amounts deducted at source’. According to the CBDT Circular No. 7, dated 23-10-2007:

“Refund to the person making payment u/s.195 is being allowed as income does not accrue to the non-resident or if the income is accruing no tax is due or tax is due at a lesser rate. The amount paid into the Government account in such cases to that extent, is no longer ‘tax’. In view of this, no interest u/s.244A is admissible on refunds to be granted in accordance with this Circular or on the refunds already granted in accordance with Circular No. 769 or Circular No. 790.”

Chapter XVIIB permits only tax to be deducted at source and does not permit any amount to be deducted at source. If tax is determined at special rates lower than twenty percent, S. 206AA(1) cannot be used to deducted amounts at source in excess of the special rates, for such excess amounts deducted at source would not be tax.

    4) If S. 206AA(1) is attracted to situations under discussion, then the assessees will be forced apply for refund. This would require them to file their return of income tax. In some of the cases discussed above, non-resident assesses are exempt from filing of returns u/s.139. In this regard S. 115A(5) provides as under:

“(5) It shall not be necessary for an assessee referred to in Ss.(1) to furnish U/ss.(1) of S. 139 a return of his or its income if:

    a) his or its total income in respect of which he or it is assessable under this Act during the previous year consisted only of income referred to in clause (a) of Ss.(1); and

    b) the tax deductible at source under the provi-sions of Chapter XVII-B has been deducted from such income.”
Similar provisions are contained in S. 115AC(4) and S. 115BBA(2). These two sub-sections are extracted below:

“(4) It shall not be necessary for a non-resident to furnish U/ss.(1) of S. 139 a return of his income if:
    a) his total income in respect of which he is assessable under this Act during the previous year consisted only of income referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Ss.(1); and

b) the tax deductible at source under the provisions of Chapter XVII-B has been deducted from such income.”

“(2) It shall not be necessary for the assessee to furnish U/ss.(1) of S. 139 a return of his income if?: his total income in respect of which he is assessable under this Act during the previous year consisted only of income referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) of Ss.(1); and the tax deductible at source under the provisions of Chapter XVII-B has been deducted from such income.”

These sub-sections are attracted only if two condi-tions are fulfilled, namely, (1) the assessees covered by the respective Sections do not have any income which is subject to tax at the normal rates, and (2) tax has been deducted at source as per Chapter XVIIB. At the time these provisions were inserted S. 206AA was not present and the Parliament was aware that rates of withholding were the same as the special rates at which income covered by these provisions were to be charged.

These sub-sections being beneficial in nature will have to be interpreted in favour of the assessee. Therefore, even after the insertion of S. 206AA, the words ‘tax deductible at source under the provisions of Chapter XVII-B’ have to be interpreted as referring only to rates mentioned in schedule II of the Finance Acts.

If S. 206AA(1) were to be applied to such cases, then since tax would be deducted at rates higher than the charge of tax, returns would be required to be filed. This interpretation would render these three sub-sections otiose. As stated above, any interpretation which renders any provision otiose should be avoided.

Further, benefits granted by one provision cannot be lightly presumed to be taken away by another provision of the Act. Hence S. 206AA will not apply to cases whether a fixed rate of tax lower than 20% is chargeable under Chapter XII of the Act.

    It is a settled principle that one has to avoid interpretation causing hardship, injustice or absurdity. The Supreme Court in Tirath Singh v. Bachittar Singh, AIR 1955 SC 830; K. P. Varghese v. ITO, AIR 1981 SC 1922; CIT v. J. H. Gotla Yadgier, AIR 1985 1698 and CWS India Ltd. v. CIT, JT 1994 (3) SC 116 have applied the following observation from Maxwell Interpretation of Statutes, 11th Edition:

“Where the language of a statute, in its ordinary meaning and grammatical construction, leads to a manifest contradiction of the apparent purpose of the enactment, or to some convenience or absurdity, hardship or injustice, presumably not intended, a construction may be put upon it which modifies the meaning of the words, and even the structure of the sentence.”

If higher rate of 20% is deducted as tax by applying S. 206AA(1), then assessees would have to face hardship in the form of filing of returns and wait for refunds. In case the assessees are non-residents they would have to be in communication with income-tax authorities in India till refund is granted, and may have to open and operate bank accounts solely for the said purpose. Further they would not be entitled to any interest on refund by virtue of Circular No. 7 of 2007. In light of the absurdity and hardship associated with this inter-pretation, such interpretation should be avoided.

    Any interpretation which furthers the objects of the law should be adopted in favour of those which are counter-productive. One may refer to the decision of the Supreme Court in Workmen of Dimakuchi Tea Estate v. Management of Dimakuchi Tea Estate, AIR 1958 SC 353 and Ashok Singh v. ACCE, AIR 1992 SC 1756 in support of this principle. In the Dimakuchi Tea Estate case, the Supreme Court observed as under?:

“The words of a statute, when there is doubt about their meaning, are to be understood in the sense in which they best harmonise with the subject of the enactment and the object which the Legislature has in view. Their meaning is found not so much in a strict grammatical or etymological proprietary of language, nor even in its popular use, as in the subject or in the occasion on which they are used and the object to be attained.”

The object of S. 206AA(1) is to ensure compliance of PAN mechanism and to streamline the process of processing returns and granting credit. The object is not to increase the burden on the Tax Department by requiring it to process more returns and grant more refunds. Therefore the interpretation which requires assessees to claim refund towards excess tax deducted at source would not serve the purpose of introducing S. 206AA. On the other hand it would be counter-productive to the objects of introducing S. 206AA. Hence the interpretation in favour applying S. 206AA to the assessees covered by this question should be avoided.

The second view clearly outweighs the first view. S. 206AA(1) cannot be applied in cases where the total income of an assessee includes only those incomes which are chargeable to tax at fixed rates lower than 20 percent.

Conclusion:

The above article is an in depth examination of the position of law on S. 206AA(1) on first principles. It aims to lend support to any deductor or deductee in case of litigation arising out of this provision. However if S. 206AA(1) is implemented taking a pro-Department view, it is going to remain a pain both to the deductees and the deductors until either the Courts or the Parliament interferes.

Headers and Footers

Computer Interface

The aim of this article is to help the readers work
effectively by using automated tools built into the application software. This
article would be useful for beginners as well as intermediate level users.


Most of us have a tendency to underutilise the resources
built into the older versions also. Come to think of it, most of us use the PC
more like a typewriter thus leaving the computing power utterly untapped. I have
commented on this far too many times in this column and it is for this reason I
chose to write an article on a difficult aspect like headers and footers.

I’m often surprised to find that certain Word users are
completely unaware of the headers and footers feature in Word. In part, this is
because Word’s designers hid it. Word has a lot of tricks up its sleeve, and the
Insert menu is home to most of them. Some of the useful things that Word has to
offer can be found on the Insert menu: page numbers, date and time, AutoText,
fields, symbols, comments, footnotes and endnotes, cross-references, indexes and
tables, text boxes, pictures, frames, diagrams
. However, Header and Footer
is hidden on the View menu. Users who come straight from a typewriter to Word
don’t think of using headers and footers, because they’re used to manually
typing text at the beginning or end of a page. It may not occur to them that
there is a better way. But the header/footer feature in Word is one of its most
useful tools, one that users need to learn how to take advantage of.

Headers and footers in a document :

Headers and footers are areas in the top and bottom margins
(margin : The blank space outside the printing area on a page.) of each page in
a document.

You can insert text or graphics in headers and footers — for
example, page numbers, the date, a company logo, the document’s title or file
name, or the author’s name — that are printed at the top or bottom of each page
in a document.

The question one would ask is when should I use a header
or footer 
?

Headers and footers are used in the following instances :

l
Repeated text


Whenever you need to repeat text or graphics on a page.
Usually such text will be a ‘running head’ or ‘running foot’ at the top or
bottom of the page, but header and footer content is not confined to the top and
bottom; it can appear anywhere on the page — in the same place on every page
(but some content can be dynamic; for example, a page number can change on every
page).

l
Text that stays put


Whenever you need to put text at the beginning or at the end
of a document that will stay put and be out of the way.



Repeated text :

One of the most common elements of a header or footer is a
page number. You may already have figured out how to number pages using the
Insert | Page Numbers command. For simple documents, this feature actually
offers a great deal of power and flexibility : you can omit the page number on
the first page, you can choose where you want it to appear (top or bottom, left,
centre, or right — even inside or outside for facing pages), and you can choose
from a variety of number formats. You can choose to include a chapter number (see
picture 2
), and you can choose a starting page number. With care, you can
even use this feature in documents with more than one section. If you know what
you’re doing, you can edit the page field that Word inserts for you, to add text
such as “Page” before the number.

Usually, though, in anything but the simplest type of
document, page numbers inserted this way become difficult to use (especially if
you want to combine them with other text). Moreover, if you decide not to use
them, there is no way to “turn them off” from the Page Numbers dialog, and if
you remove them incompletely (failing to delete the frame the page number is
in), you can have puzzling problems down the line (see “Text at the top of the
page is unaccountably indented”). In any situation where you need more than a
simple page number (even something as simple as “Page 1 of n”), you should use a
header or footer (see picture 3). This includes book and chapter titles
(or the name of the author) in books, section titles in reports, logos and
letterheads in letters, watermarks, and so on.

Text that stays put :

The most common example of text that belongs in a header is a
letterhead. You want to put that at the beginning of a letter, and you want it
to be out of the way of other text you will add, so that it doesn’t get pushed
down the page. Usually you don’t want it repeated on every page, so you use a
special kind of header for it. Another example is the text you want to stay at
the end of a document, no matter how much text you add to the document. You can
put that in a footer. Again, you don’t want it repeated on every page, but there
is a way to achieve that too, as will be detailed below.

Creating a header or footer :

As mentioned above, even if you think your document doesn’t
yet have a header or footer, you have to use View | Header and Footer to create
one. This may seem illogical to you, but in fact, the header and footer already
exist; they’re just empty until you put something in them.

Unlike Word Perfect, where the header and footer are at the top and bottom margins, and you have to add space between them and the document text, Word reserves space for the header and footer outside the top and bottom margins (as shown in picture 1) They have their own distinct margins, which you set from the Margins tab of File I Page Setup in Word 2000 and earlier and on the Layout tab of Word 2002 and above. In order to insert headers and footers click on Header and Footer on the View menu.

Once you have created a header or footer, you can open it for editing in Print Layout view by double-clicking on the existing content. To open it the first time, however (or to access it from Normal view), you must select View I Header and Footer. When you do this, Word opens the header pane and displays the Header and Footer toolbar (see picture 4). This toolbar offers a number of useful buttons that will be discussed throughout this article. The first one you should find is the Switch Between Header and Footer button. If you are trying to create a footer rather than a header, this is what you need to get to the footer pane.

(The concluding portion of this write up will be published in the next issue of the BCAJ)

RBI Governors: The Czars of Monetary Policy

Author: GOKUL RATHI – Chartered Accountant
Reviewer: RIDDHI LALAN – Chartered Accountant

 

RBI plays a significant role in the country’s economic development and financial system. In addition to its crucial role in the country’s monetary policy, RBI regulates the banking sector and manages foreign exchange reserves. “RBI Governor” is the person who helms this all-important and formidable institution, burdened with onerous responsibilities.

In the 86 years of its existence, RBI has been led by 25 eminent scholars, each influencing the economic and monetary policy with a distinct style. For a long time, the Governors have contributed tirelessly behind the scenes and only recently, have stepped into the spotlight. “RBI Governors: The Czars of Monetary Policy” highlights the importance of these eminent men and their contribution to moulding the country’s financial system.

CA Gokul Rathi has been closely associated with the banking sector as an auditor, consultant and board member. Based on his observation of the banking sector during the last three decades, Mr. Rathi, a Chartered Accountant, has conducted elaborate research while penning down this book on men whose signatures appear on the country’s currency. Gokul traces back the origin of this book to 2007-08 when he was impressed with the deft handling of the Indian economy before the global financial crisis by Dr Y. V. Reddy.

The book introduces the 25 Governors that have led this powerful institution and their academic and professional background. Without presenting an analysis, Gokul sets forth an account of the events that occurred during the tenure of each Governor in terms of the key decisions taken and their impact, their achievements and disappointments. It reflects on the country’s banking and financial journey through important phases and events – nationalisation of the banks, priority sector lending, foreign exchange regulations, liberalisation, banking sector reforms and demonetisation, and changing political scenarios – from a different perspective.

The book expounds on the Governors’ role in managing the balance of payments, assuring price stability in the country, promoting rural banking, encouraging foreign investment and various other schemes and reforms. Gokul narrates instances highlighting the crucial role that the Governors have played in navigating the county’s economy through choppy waters on the route to development. Steering the economy through foreign exchange crisis, stock market and financial scams, inflation, unorganised banking sector and global financial crisis, the growth story modelled by each Governor makes for an engaging read. The context in which crucial decisions that forever changed the course of the country’s financial policy were made has been appropriately emphasised.

The book also throws light on the relationship and exchanges between the RBI and the Government (i.e., the Governor and the Ministry of Finance) and its impact on the institution’s autonomy. The manner in which each Governor balanced the equation with the Government, handled the times of political uncertainty and its impact on the autonomy and powers of RBI make for an interesting read. While some have clashed with the political leadership at various times, others have maintained diplomacy and cordially managed it. However, true to his word, Gokul does not venture into an analysis but only mentions instances of differences and, therefore, refrains from any bias.

Gokul has sourced the historical facts and accounts from the official History of the Reserve Bank of India, Vols. 1 – 4 (1970 to 2013), as well as memoirs and autobiographies of the former Governors. The lucid language in which an account of the RBI Governors is presented makes it easy to read and comprehend even for persons with limited financial knowledge. The anecdotes and trivia on the history of RBI and the Governors at the end of some chapters make the book more engaging.

This book is of value for anyone who wishes to understand the history of the banking sector and the financial journey of the country at an introductory level as well as to students of economics. Gokul has done justice in coherently cataloguing the events that occurred during the tenure of each Governor. Sources cited for the information contained in the book act as a guide to anyone who wishes to delve into the subject more deeply. While the professional achievements are briefly mentioned, a more detailed account of each Governor’s personal life could have added inspirational value to the book for me. Nevertheless, numerous interesting facts and stories about RBI and Governors have been brought to light in the book. Gokul’s endeavour to succinctly place before the public, the contributions of the Governors pivotal role in the country’s economic journey is truly commendable.